]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blob - wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py
compilation fix
[wxWidgets.git] / wxPython / src / gtk / _core.py
1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
3
4 import _core_
5 import new
6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
8 if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
9 if (name == "this"):
10 if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
11 self.__dict__[name] = value
12 return
13 method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
14 if method: return method(self,value)
15 if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
16 self.__dict__[name] = value
17 else:
18 raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
19
20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
21 return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
22
23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
24 if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
25 method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
26 if method: return method(self)
27 raise AttributeError,name
28
29 def _swig_repr(self):
30 try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
31 except: strthis = ""
32 return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
33
34 import types
35 try:
36 _object = types.ObjectType
37 _newclass = 1
38 except AttributeError:
39 class _object : pass
40 _newclass = 0
41 del types
42
43
44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
45 def set_attr(self,name,value):
46 if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
47 if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
48 set(self,name,value)
49 else:
50 raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
51 return set_attr
52
53
54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
55 #// code.
56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
57
58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
59 #// be used here.
60 import sys as _sys
61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
62
63
64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
65
66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
67 """
68 Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
69 before calling the callable.
70 """
71 if msg is None:
72 msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
73 def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
74 import warnings
75 warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
76 return callable(*args, **kwargs)
77 deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
78 return deprecatedWrapper
79
80
81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
82
83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
119 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
120 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
121 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
122 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
123 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
124 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
125 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
126 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
127 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
128 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
129 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
130 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
131 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
132 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
133 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
134 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
135 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
136 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
137 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
138 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
139 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
140 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
141 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
142 OK = _core_.OK
143 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
144 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
145 YES = _core_.YES
146 NO = _core_.NO
147 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
148 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
149 APPLY = _core_.APPLY
150 CLOSE = _core_.CLOSE
151 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
152 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
153 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
154 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
155 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
156 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
157 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
158 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
159 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
160 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
161 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
162 RESET = _core_.RESET
163 HELP = _core_.HELP
164 MORE = _core_.MORE
165 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
166 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
167 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
168 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
169 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
170 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
171 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
172 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
173 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
174 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
175 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
176 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
177 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
178 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
179 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
180 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
181 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
182 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
183 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
184 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
185 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
186 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
187 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
188 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
189 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
190 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
191 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
192 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
193 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
194 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
195 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
196 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
197 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
198 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
199 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
200 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
201 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
202 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
203 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
204 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
205 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
206 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
207 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
208 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
209 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
210 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
211 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
212 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
213 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
214 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
215 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
216 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
217 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
218 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
219 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
220 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
221 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
222 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
223 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
224 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
225 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
226 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
227 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
228 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
229 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
230 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
231 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
232 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
233 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
234 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
235 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
236 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
237 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
238 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
239 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
240 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
241 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
242 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
243 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
244 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
245 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
246 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
247 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
248 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
249 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
250 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
251 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
252 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
253 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
254 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
255 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
256 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
257 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
258 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
259 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
260 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
261 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
262 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
263 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
264 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
265 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
266 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
267 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
268 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
269 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
270 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
271 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
272 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
273 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
274 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
275 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
276 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
277 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
278 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
279 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
280 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
281 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
282 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
283 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
284 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
285 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
286 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
287 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
288 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
289 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
290 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
291 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
292 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
293 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
294 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
295 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
296 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
297 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
298 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
299 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
300 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
301 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
302 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
303 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
304 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
305 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
306 UP = _core_.UP
307 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
308 TOP = _core_.TOP
309 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
310 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
311 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
312 WEST = _core_.WEST
313 EAST = _core_.EAST
314 ALL = _core_.ALL
315 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
316 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
317 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
318 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
319 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
320 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
321 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
322 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
323 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
324 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
325 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
326 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
327 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
328 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
329 GROW = _core_.GROW
330 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
331 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
332 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
333 TILE = _core_.TILE
334 ADJUST_MINSIZE = 0
335 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
336 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
337 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
338 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
339 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
340 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
341 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
342 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
343 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
344 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
345 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
346 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
347 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
348 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
349 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
350 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
351 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
352 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
353 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
354 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
355 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
356 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
357 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
358 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
359 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
360 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
361 DOT = _core_.DOT
362 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
363 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
364 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
365 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
366 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
367 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
368 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
369 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
370 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
371 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
372 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
373 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
374 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
375 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
376 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
377 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
378 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
379 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
380 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
381 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
382 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
383 XOR = _core_.XOR
384 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
385 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
386 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
387 COPY = _core_.COPY
388 AND = _core_.AND
389 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
390 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
391 NOR = _core_.NOR
392 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
393 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
394 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
395 NAND = _core_.NAND
396 OR = _core_.OR
397 SET = _core_.SET
398 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
399 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
400 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
401 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
402 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
403 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
404 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
405 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
406 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
407 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
408 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
409 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
410 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
411 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
412 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
413 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
414 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
415 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
416 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
417 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
418 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
419 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
420 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
421 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
422 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
423 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
424 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
425 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
426 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
427 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
428 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
429 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
430 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
431 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
432 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
433 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
434 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
435 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
436 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
437 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
438 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
439 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
440 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
441 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
442 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
443 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
444 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
445 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
446 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
447 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
448 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
449 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
450 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
451 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
452 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
453 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
454 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
455 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
456 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
457 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
458 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
459 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
460 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
461 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
462 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
463 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
464 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
465 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
466 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
467 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
468 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
469 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
470 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
471 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
472 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
473 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
474 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
475 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
476 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
477 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
478 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
479 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
480 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
481 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
482 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
483 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
484 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
485 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
486 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
487 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
488 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
489 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
490 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
491 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
492 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
493 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
494 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
495 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
496 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
497 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
498 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
499 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
500 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
501 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
502 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
503 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
504 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
505 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
506 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
507 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
508 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
509 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
510 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
511 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
512 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
513 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
514 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
515 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
516 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
517 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
518 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
519 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
520 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
521 WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP
522 WXK_NEXT = WXK_PAGEDOWN
523 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
524 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
525
526 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
527 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
528 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
529 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
530 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
531 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
532 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
533 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
534 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
535 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
536 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
537 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
538 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
539 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
540 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
541 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
542 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
543 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
544 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
545 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
546 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
547 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
548 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
549 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
550 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
551 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
552 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
553 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
554 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
555 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
556 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
557 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
558 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
559 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
560 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
561 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
562 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
563 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
564 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
565 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
566 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
567 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
568 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
569 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
570 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
571 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
572 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
573 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
574 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
575 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
576 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
577 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
578 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
579 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
580 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
581 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
582 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
583 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
584 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
585 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
586 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
587 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
588 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
589 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
590 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
591 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
592 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
593 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
594 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
595 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
596 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
597 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
598 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
599 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
600 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
601 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
602 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
603 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
604 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
605 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
606 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
607 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
608 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
609 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
610 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
611 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
612 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
613 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
614 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
615 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
616 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
617 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
618 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
619 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
620 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
621 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
622 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
623 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
624 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
625 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
626 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
627 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
628 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
629 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
630 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
631 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
632 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
633 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
634 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
635 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
636 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
637 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
638 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
639 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
640 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
641 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
642 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
643 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
644 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
645 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
646 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
647 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
648 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
649 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
650 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
651 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
652 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
653 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
654 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
657 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
658 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
659 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
660 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
661 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
662 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
663 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
664 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
665 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
666 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
667 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
668 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
669 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
670 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
671 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
672 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
673 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
674 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
675 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
676 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
677 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
678 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
679 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
680 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
681 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
683
684 class Object(object):
685 """
686 The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
687 much functionality is needed nor exposed.
688 """
689 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
690 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
691 __repr__ = _swig_repr
692 def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
693 """
694 GetClassName(self) -> String
695
696 Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
697 """
698 return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
699
700 def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
701 """
702 Destroy(self)
703
704 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
705 """
706 args[0].this.own(False)
707 return _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
708
709 def IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs):
710 """
711 IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool
712
713 For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method
714 can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data
715 object.
716 """
717 return _core_.Object_IsSameAs(*args, **kwargs)
718
719 ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
720 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
721 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
722 cvar = _core_.cvar
723 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
724
725 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
726
727 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
728 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
729 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
730 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
731 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
732 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
733 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
734 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
735 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
736 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
737 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
738 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
740 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
741 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
742 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
743 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
744 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
745 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
746 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
748 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
749 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
750 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
751 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
752 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
753 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
754 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
755 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
756 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
757 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
758 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
759 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
760 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
761 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
762 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
763 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
764 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
765 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
766 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
767 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
768 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
769 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
770 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
771 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
772 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
773 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
774 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
775 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
776 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
777 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
778 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
779 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
780
781 class Size(object):
782 """
783 wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
784 something. It simply contains integer width and height
785 properties. In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
786 expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
787 """
788 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
789 __repr__ = _swig_repr
790 width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
791 height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
792 x = width; y = height
793 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
794 """
795 __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
796
797 Creates a size object.
798 """
799 _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
800 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
801 __del__ = lambda self : None;
802 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
803 """
804 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
805
806 Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
807 """
808 return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
809
810 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
811 """
812 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
813
814 Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
815 """
816 return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
817
818 def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
819 """
820 __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
821
822 Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
823 """
824 return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
825
826 def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
827 """
828 __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
829
830 Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
831 """
832 return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
833
834 def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
835 """
836 IncTo(self, Size sz)
837
838 Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
839 than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
840 """
841 return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
842
843 def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
844 """
845 DecTo(self, Size sz)
846
847 Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
848 than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
849 """
850 return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
851
852 def IncBy(*args, **kwargs):
853 """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
854 return _core_.Size_IncBy(*args, **kwargs)
855
856 def DecBy(*args, **kwargs):
857 """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)"""
858 return _core_.Size_DecBy(*args, **kwargs)
859
860 def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
861 """
862 Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
863
864 Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
865 """
866 return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
867
868 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
869 """
870 Set(self, int w, int h)
871
872 Set both width and height.
873 """
874 return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
875
876 def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
877 """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
878 return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
879
880 def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
881 """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
882 return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
883
884 def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
885 """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
886 return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
887
888 def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
889 """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
890 return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
891
892 def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
893 """
894 IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
895
896 Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
897 """
898 return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
899
900 def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
901 """
902 SetDefaults(self, Size size)
903
904 Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
905 of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
906 """
907 return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
908
909 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
910 """
911 Get() -> (width,height)
912
913 Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
914 """
915 return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
916
917 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
918 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
919 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
920 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
921 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
922 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
923 if index == 0: self.width = val
924 elif index == 1: self.height = val
925 else: raise IndexError
926 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0)
927 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
928 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Size, self.Get())
929
930 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
931
932 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
933
934 class RealPoint(object):
935 """
936 A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
937 point x and y properties. In wxPython most places that expect a
938 wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
939 """
940 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
941 __repr__ = _swig_repr
942 x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
943 y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
944 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
945 """
946 __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
947
948 Create a wx.RealPoint object
949 """
950 _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
951 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
952 __del__ = lambda self : None;
953 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
954 """
955 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
956
957 Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
958 """
959 return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
960
961 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
962 """
963 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
964
965 Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
966 """
967 return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
968
969 def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
970 """
971 __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
972
973 Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
974 """
975 return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
976
977 def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
978 """
979 __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
980
981 Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
982 """
983 return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
984
985 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
986 """
987 Set(self, double x, double y)
988
989 Set both the x and y properties
990 """
991 return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
992
993 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
994 """
995 Get() -> (x,y)
996
997 Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
998 """
999 return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1000
1001 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1002 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
1003 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
1004 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
1005 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
1006 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1007 if index == 0: self.x = val
1008 elif index == 1: self.y = val
1009 else: raise IndexError
1010 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1011 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1012 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
1013
1014 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
1015
1016 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1017
1018 class Point(object):
1019 """
1020 A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1021 and y properties. Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1022 also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1023 """
1024 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1025 __repr__ = _swig_repr
1026 x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1027 y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1028 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1029 """
1030 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1031
1032 Create a wx.Point object
1033 """
1034 _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1035 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1036 __del__ = lambda self : None;
1037 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1038 """
1039 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1040
1041 Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1042 """
1043 return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1044
1045 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1046 """
1047 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1048
1049 Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1050 """
1051 return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1052
1053 def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1054 """
1055 __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1056
1057 Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1058 """
1059 return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1060
1061 def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1062 """
1063 __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1064
1065 Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1066 """
1067 return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1068
1069 def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1070 """
1071 __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1072
1073 Add pt to this object.
1074 """
1075 return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1076
1077 def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1078 """
1079 __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1080
1081 Subtract pt from this object.
1082 """
1083 return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1084
1085 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1086 """
1087 Set(self, long x, long y)
1088
1089 Set both the x and y properties
1090 """
1091 return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1092
1093 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1094 """
1095 Get() -> (x,y)
1096
1097 Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1098 """
1099 return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1100
1101 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1102 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
1103 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1104 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
1105 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
1106 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1107 if index == 0: self.x = val
1108 elif index == 1: self.y = val
1109 else: raise IndexError
1110 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0)
1111 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1112 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1113
1114 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1115
1116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1117
1118 class Rect(object):
1119 """
1120 A class for representing and manipulating rectangles. It has x, y,
1121 width and height properties. In wxPython most palces that expect a
1122 wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1123 """
1124 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1125 __repr__ = _swig_repr
1126 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1127 """
1128 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1129
1130 Create a new Rect object.
1131 """
1132 _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1133 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1134 __del__ = lambda self : None;
1135 def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1136 """GetX(self) -> int"""
1137 return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139 def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1140 """SetX(self, int x)"""
1141 return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143 def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1144 """GetY(self) -> int"""
1145 return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147 def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1148 """SetY(self, int y)"""
1149 return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151 def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1152 """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1153 return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155 def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1156 """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1157 return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159 def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1160 """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1161 return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163 def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1164 """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1165 return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1168 """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1169 return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171 def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1172 """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1173 return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1176 """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1177 return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179 def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1180 """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1181 return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183 def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1184 """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1185 return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187 def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1188 """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1189 return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191 def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1192 """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1193 return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195 def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1196 """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1197 return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199 def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1200 """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1201 return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203 def GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1204 """GetTopRight(self) -> Point"""
1205 return _core_.Rect_GetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207 def SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs):
1208 """SetTopRight(self, Point p)"""
1209 return _core_.Rect_SetTopRight(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211 def GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1212 """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point"""
1213 return _core_.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215 def SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1216 """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)"""
1217 return _core_.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219 def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1220 """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1221 return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1222
1223 def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1224 """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1225 return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1226
1227 def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1228 """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1229 return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1230
1231 def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1232 """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1233 return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1234
1235 def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1236 """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1237 return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1238
1239 def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1240 """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1241 return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1242
1243 def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1244 """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1245 return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1246
1247 def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1248 """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1249 return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1250
1251 position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1252 size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1253 left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1254 right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1255 top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1256 bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1257
1258 def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1259 """
1260 Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1261
1262 Increases the size of the rectangle.
1263
1264 The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1265 farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1266 bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1267 height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1268 respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1269 opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1270 direction.
1271
1272 The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1273 copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1274 first::
1275
1276 copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1277 copy.Inflate(10,15)
1278
1279
1280 """
1281 return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1282
1283 def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1284 """
1285 Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1286
1287 Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1288 in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b). Please refer to
1289 `Inflate` for a full description.
1290 """
1291 return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1292
1293 def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1294 """
1295 OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1296
1297 Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1298 rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1299 bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1300 """
1301 return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1302
1303 def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1304 """
1305 Offset(self, Point pt)
1306
1307 Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1308 """
1309 return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1310
1311 def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1312 """
1313 Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1314
1315 Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1316 """
1317 return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1318
1319 def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1320 """
1321 Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1322
1323 Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1324 """
1325 return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1326
1327 def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1328 """
1329 __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1330
1331 Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1332 """
1333 return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1334
1335 def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1336 """
1337 __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1338
1339 Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1340 """
1341 return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1342
1343 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1344 """
1345 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1346
1347 Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1348 """
1349 return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1350
1351 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1352 """
1353 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1354
1355 Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1356 """
1357 return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1358
1359 def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1360 """
1361 ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1362
1363 Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1364 """
1365 return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1366
1367 def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1368 """
1369 Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1370
1371 Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1372 """
1373 return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375 def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1376 """
1377 ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1378
1379 Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1380 rectangle or touches its boundary.
1381 """
1382 return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1383
1384 #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1385 #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1386 #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1387 Inside = Contains
1388 InsideXY = ContainsXY
1389 InsideRect = ContainsRect
1390
1391 def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1392 """
1393 Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1394
1395 Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1396 """
1397 return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1398
1399 def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1400 """
1401 CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1402
1403 Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1404 usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1405 """
1406 return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1407
1408 CentreIn = CenterIn
1409 x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1410 y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1411 width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1412 height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1413 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1414 """
1415 Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1416
1417 Set all rectangle properties.
1418 """
1419 return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1420
1421 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1422 """
1423 Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1424
1425 Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1426 """
1427 return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1428
1429 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1430 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
1431 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1432 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
1433 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
1434 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1435 if index == 0: self.x = val
1436 elif index == 1: self.y = val
1437 elif index == 2: self.width = val
1438 elif index == 3: self.height = val
1439 else: raise IndexError
1440 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1441 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1442 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1443
1444 Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1445 BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1446 BottomLeft = property(GetBottomLeft,SetBottomLeft,doc="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")
1447 Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1448 Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1449 Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1450 Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1451 Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1452 Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1453 TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1454 TopRight = property(GetTopRight,SetTopRight,doc="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")
1455 Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1456 X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1457 Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1458 Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1459 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1460
1461 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1462 """
1463 RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1464
1465 Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1466 """
1467 val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1468 return val
1469
1470 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1471 """
1472 RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1473
1474 Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1475 """
1476 val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1477 return val
1478
1479 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1480 """
1481 RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1482
1483 Create a new Rect from a size only.
1484 """
1485 val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1486 return val
1487
1488
1489 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1490 """
1491 IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1492
1493 Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1494 """
1495 return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1496 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1497
1498 class Point2D(object):
1499 """
1500 wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1501 with floating point values.
1502 """
1503 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1504 __repr__ = _swig_repr
1505 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1506 """
1507 __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1508
1509 Create a w.Point2D object.
1510 """
1511 _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1512 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point2D
1513 __del__ = lambda self : None;
1514 def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1515 """
1516 GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1517
1518 Convert to integer
1519 """
1520 return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1521
1522 def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1523 """
1524 GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1525
1526 Convert to integer
1527 """
1528 return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1529
1530 def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1531 """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1532 return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1533
1534 def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1535 """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1536 return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1537
1538 def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1539 """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1540 return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1541
1542 def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1543 """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1544 return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1545
1546 def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1547 self.SetVectorLength(length)
1548 self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1549 def Normalize(self):
1550 self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1551
1552 def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1553 """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1554 return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1555
1556 def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1557 """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1558 return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1559
1560 def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1561 """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1562 return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1563
1564 def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1565 """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1566 return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1567
1568 def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1569 """
1570 __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1571
1572 the reflection of this point
1573 """
1574 return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1575
1576 def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1577 """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1578 return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1579
1580 def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1581 """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1582 return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1583
1584 def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1585 """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1586 return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1587
1588 def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1589 """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1590 return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1591
1592 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1593 """
1594 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1595
1596 Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1597 """
1598 return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1599
1600 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1601 """
1602 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1603
1604 Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1605 """
1606 return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1607
1608 x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1609 y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1610 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1611 """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1612 return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1613
1614 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1615 """
1616 Get() -> (x,y)
1617
1618 Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1619 """
1620 return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1621
1622 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1623 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
1624 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1625 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
1626 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
1627 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1628 if index == 0: self.x = val
1629 elif index == 1: self.y = val
1630 else: raise IndexError
1631 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1632 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1633 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1634
1635 Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1636 Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1637 VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1638 VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1639 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1640
1641 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1642 """
1643 Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1644
1645 Create a w.Point2D object.
1646 """
1647 val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1648 return val
1649
1650 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1651 """
1652 Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1653
1654 Create a w.Point2D object.
1655 """
1656 val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1657 return val
1658
1659 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1660
1661 Inside = _core_.Inside
1662 OutLeft = _core_.OutLeft
1663 OutRight = _core_.OutRight
1664 OutTop = _core_.OutTop
1665 OutBottom = _core_.OutBottom
1666 class Rect2D(object):
1667 """
1668 wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1669 with floating point component values.
1670 """
1671 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1672 __repr__ = _swig_repr
1673 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1674 """
1675 __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D
1676
1677 wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system
1678 with floating point component values.
1679 """
1680 _core_.Rect2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect2D(*args, **kwargs))
1681 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect2D
1682 __del__ = lambda self : None;
1683 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1684 """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D"""
1685 return _core_.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1686
1687 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1688 """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1689 return _core_.Rect2D_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1690
1691 def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1692 """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble"""
1693 return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1694
1695 def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1696 """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)"""
1697 return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1698
1699 def MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs):
1700 """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1701 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args, **kwargs)
1702
1703 def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1704 """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble"""
1705 return _core_.Rect2D_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1706
1707 def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1708 """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)"""
1709 return _core_.Rect2D_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711 def MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1712 """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1713 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715 def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1716 """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble"""
1717 return _core_.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1718
1719 def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1720 """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)"""
1721 return _core_.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1722
1723 def MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1724 """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1725 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1726
1727 def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1728 """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble"""
1729 return _core_.Rect2D_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1730
1731 def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1732 """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)"""
1733 return _core_.Rect2D_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1734
1735 def MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs):
1736 """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)"""
1737 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args, **kwargs)
1738
1739 def GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1740 """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1741 return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1742
1743 def SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs):
1744 """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1745 return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args, **kwargs)
1746
1747 def MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1748 """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1749 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751 def GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1752 """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1753 return _core_.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755 def SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1756 """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1757 return _core_.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1758
1759 def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1760 """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1761 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1762
1763 def GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1764 """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D"""
1765 return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1766
1767 def SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs):
1768 """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)"""
1769 return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args, **kwargs)
1770
1771 def MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs):
1772 """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1773 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args, **kwargs)
1774
1775 def GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1776 """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D"""
1777 return _core_.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1778
1779 def SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1780 """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)"""
1781 return _core_.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1782
1783 def MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs):
1784 """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1785 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args, **kwargs)
1786
1787 def GetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1788 """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D"""
1789 return _core_.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1790
1791 def SetCentre(*args, **kwargs):
1792 """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)"""
1793 return _core_.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args, **kwargs)
1794
1795 def MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs):
1796 """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)"""
1797 return _core_.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args, **kwargs)
1798
1799 def GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs):
1800 """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int"""
1801 return _core_.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args, **kwargs)
1802
1803 def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1804 """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool"""
1805 return _core_.Rect2D_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1806
1807 def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1808 """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1809 return _core_.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1810
1811 def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1812 """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1813 return _core_.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1814
1815 def HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs):
1816 """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1817 return _core_.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args, **kwargs)
1818
1819 def Inset(*args):
1820 """
1821 Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y)
1822 Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom)
1823 """
1824 return _core_.Rect2D_Inset(*args)
1825
1826 def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1827 """Offset(self, Point2D pt)"""
1828 return _core_.Rect2D_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1829
1830 def ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs):
1831 """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)"""
1832 return _core_.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834 def Interpolate(*args, **kwargs):
1835 """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D"""
1836 return _core_.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args, **kwargs)
1837
1838 def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1839 """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1840 return _core_.Rect2D_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842 def CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
1843 """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1844 return _core_.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846 def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1847 """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool"""
1848 return _core_.Rect2D_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1849
1850 def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1851 """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)"""
1852 return _core_.Rect2D_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1853
1854 def CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs):
1855 """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D"""
1856 return _core_.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args, **kwargs)
1857
1858 def Scale(*args):
1859 """
1860 Scale(self, wxDouble f)
1861 Scale(self, int num, int denum)
1862 """
1863 return _core_.Rect2D_Scale(*args)
1864
1865 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1866 """
1867 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1868
1869 Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1870 """
1871 return _core_.Rect2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1872
1873 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1874 """
1875 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1876
1877 Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects.
1878 """
1879 return _core_.Rect2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1880
1881 x = property(_core_.Rect2D_x_get, _core_.Rect2D_x_set)
1882 y = property(_core_.Rect2D_y_get, _core_.Rect2D_y_set)
1883 width = property(_core_.Rect2D_width_get, _core_.Rect2D_width_set)
1884 height = property(_core_.Rect2D_height_get, _core_.Rect2D_height_set)
1885 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1886 """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)"""
1887 return _core_.Rect2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1888
1889 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1890 """
1891 Get() -> (x,y, width, height)
1892
1893 Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple.
1894 """
1895 return _core_.Rect2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
1898 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self.Get())
1899 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
1900 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
1901 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1902 if index == 0: self.x = val
1903 elif index == 1: self.y = val
1904 elif index == 2: self.width = val
1905 elif index == 3: self.height = val
1906 else: raise IndexError
1907 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0)
1908 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1909 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.Rect2D, self.Get())
1910
1911 _core_.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D)
1912
1913 class Position(object):
1914 """Proxy of C++ Position class"""
1915 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1916 __repr__ = _swig_repr
1917 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1918 """__init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> Position"""
1919 _core_.Position_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Position(*args, **kwargs))
1920 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Position
1921 __del__ = lambda self : None;
1922 def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1923 """GetRow(self) -> int"""
1924 return _core_.Position_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1925
1926 def GetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1927 """GetColumn(self) -> int"""
1928 return _core_.Position_GetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1929
1930 def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1931 """GetCol(self) -> int"""
1932 return _core_.Position_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934 def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
1935 """SetRow(self, int row)"""
1936 return _core_.Position_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
1937
1938 def SetColumn(*args, **kwargs):
1939 """SetColumn(self, int column)"""
1940 return _core_.Position_SetColumn(*args, **kwargs)
1941
1942 def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
1943 """SetCol(self, int column)"""
1944 return _core_.Position_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
1945
1946 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1947 """
1948 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1949
1950 Test for equality of wx.Position objects.
1951 """
1952 return _core_.Position___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1953
1954 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1955 """
1956 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1957
1958 Test for inequality of wx.Position objects.
1959 """
1960 return _core_.Position___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1961
1962 def __add__(*args):
1963 """
1964 __add__(self, Position p) -> Position
1965 __add__(self, Size s) -> Position
1966 """
1967 return _core_.Position___add__(*args)
1968
1969 def __sub__(*args):
1970 """
1971 __sub__(self, Position p) -> Position
1972 __sub__(self, Size s) -> Position
1973 """
1974 return _core_.Position___sub__(*args)
1975
1976 row = property(GetRow,SetRow)
1977 col = property(GetCol,SetCol)
1978 _core_.Position_swigregister(Position)
1979
1980 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1981
1982 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1983 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1984 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1985 class InputStream(object):
1986 """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1987 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1988 __repr__ = _swig_repr
1989 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1990 """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1991 _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1992 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1993 __del__ = lambda self : None;
1994 def close(*args, **kwargs):
1995 """close(self)"""
1996 return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1997
1998 def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1999 """flush(self)"""
2000 return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
2001
2002 def eof(*args, **kwargs):
2003 """eof(self) -> bool"""
2004 return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
2005
2006 def read(*args, **kwargs):
2007 """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2008 return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010 def readline(*args, **kwargs):
2011 """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
2012 return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
2013
2014 def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
2015 """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
2016 return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
2017
2018 def seek(*args, **kwargs):
2019 """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
2020 return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
2021
2022 def tell(*args, **kwargs):
2023 """tell(self) -> int"""
2024 return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
2025
2026 def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
2027 """Peek(self) -> char"""
2028 return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
2029
2030 def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
2031 """GetC(self) -> char"""
2032 return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
2033
2034 def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
2035 """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
2036 return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
2037
2038 def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2039 """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
2040 return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2041
2042 def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
2043 """Eof(self) -> bool"""
2044 return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
2045
2046 def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
2047 """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
2048 return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
2049
2050 def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
2051 """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
2052 return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
2053
2054 def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
2055 """TellI(self) -> long"""
2056 return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
2057
2058 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
2059 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
2060 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
2061
2062 class OutputStream(object):
2063 """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
2064 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2065 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2066 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2067 def write(*args, **kwargs):
2068 """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
2069 return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
2070
2071 def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
2072 """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
2073 return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
2074
2075 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
2076
2077 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2078
2079 class FSFile(Object):
2080 """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
2081 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2082 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2083 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2084 """
2085 __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
2086 DateTime modif) -> FSFile
2087 """
2088 _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
2089 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
2090 __del__ = lambda self : None;
2091 def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
2092 """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
2093 return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
2094
2095 def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
2096 """DetachStream(self)"""
2097 return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
2098
2099 def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2100 """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2101 return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2102
2103 def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2104 """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
2105 return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2106
2107 def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2108 """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
2109 return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2110
2111 def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
2112 """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
2113 return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
2114
2115 Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2116 Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
2117 MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
2118 ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
2119 Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
2120 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
2121
2122 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
2123 """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
2124 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2125 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2126 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2127 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
2128 __del__ = lambda self : None;
2129 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
2130
2131 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2132 """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
2133 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2134 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2135 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2136 """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
2137 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2138 FileSystemHandler._setCallbackInfo(self, self, FileSystemHandler)
2139
2140 def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
2141 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
2142 return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
2143
2144 def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2145 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2146 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2147
2148 def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2149 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2150 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2151
2152 def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2153 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2154 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2155
2156 def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2157 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2158 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2159
2160 def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
2161 """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
2162 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
2163
2164 def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2165 """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2166 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2167
2168 def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
2169 """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
2170 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
2171
2172 def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
2173 """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
2174 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
2175
2176 def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
2177 """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
2178 return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
2179
2180 Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
2181 LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
2182 MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
2183 Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
2184 RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
2185 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
2186
2187 class FileSystem(Object):
2188 """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
2189 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2190 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2191 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2192 """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
2193 _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
2194 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
2195 __del__ = lambda self : None;
2196 def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
2197 """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
2198 return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
2199
2200 def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
2201 """GetPath(self) -> String"""
2202 return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
2203
2204 def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2205 """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
2206 return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2207
2208 def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2209 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2210 return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2211
2212 def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2213 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2214 return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2215
2216 def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2217 """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2218 return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2219
2220 AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2221 def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2222 """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2223 return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2224
2225 RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2226 def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2227 """CleanUpHandlers()"""
2228 return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2229
2230 CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
2231 def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2232 """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2233 return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2234
2235 FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
2236 def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2237 """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2238 return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2239
2240 URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
2241 Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
2242 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
2243
2244 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2245 """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
2246 return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2247
2248 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2249 """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
2250 return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2251
2252 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
2253 """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
2254 return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
2255
2256 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
2257 """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
2258 return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
2259
2260 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
2261 """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
2262 return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
2263
2264 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2265 """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
2266 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2267 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2268 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2269 """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
2270 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2271 def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2272 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2273 return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2274
2275 def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2276 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2277 return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2278
2279 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
2280
2281 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2282 """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
2283 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2284 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2285 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2286 """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
2287 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2288 def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2289 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2290 return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2291
2292 def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2293 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2294 return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2295
2296 def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2297 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2298 return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2299
2300 def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2301 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2302 return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2303
2304 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
2305
2306
2307 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
2308 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2309 return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
2310
2311 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2312 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2313 return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2314
2315 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
2316 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2317 return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
2318 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
2319 """
2320 Add 'file' to the memory filesystem. The dataItem parameter can
2321 either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2322 arbitrary data. If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2323 parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2324 written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2325 """
2326 if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
2327 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2328 elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
2329 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
2330 elif type(dataItem) == str:
2331 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
2332 else:
2333 raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2334
2335 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
2336 """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2337 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2338 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2339 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2340 """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2341 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2342 def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2343 """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2344 return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2345
2346 RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
2347 AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
2348 def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
2349 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2350 return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352 def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
2353 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2354 return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
2355
2356 def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
2357 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2358 return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
2359
2360 def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2361 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2362 return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2363
2364 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2365
2366 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2367 """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2368 return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2369
2370 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2371 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2372 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2373 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
2374 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
2375 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2376
2377 class ImageHandler(Object):
2378 """
2379 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2380 image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2381 normally seen by the application.
2382 """
2383 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2384 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2385 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2386 def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2387 """GetName(self) -> String"""
2388 return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2389
2390 def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2391 """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2392 return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2393
2394 def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2395 """GetType(self) -> long"""
2396 return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2397
2398 def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2399 """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2400 return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2401
2402 def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2403 """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2404 return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2405
2406 def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2407 """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2408 return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410 def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2411 """SetName(self, String name)"""
2412 return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2413
2414 def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2415 """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2416 return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2417
2418 def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2419 """SetType(self, long type)"""
2420 return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2421
2422 def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2423 """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2424 return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2425
2426 Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2427 MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2428 Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2429 Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2430 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2431
2432 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2433 """
2434 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2435 image creation from data, all written in Python. To create a custom
2436 image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2437 the following methods::
2438
2439 def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2440 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2441
2442 def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2443 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2444
2445 def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2446 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2447 this handler's image file format.'''
2448
2449 def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2450 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2451 how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2452
2453 To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2454 `wx.Image_AddHandler`. Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2455 `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2456
2457 """
2458 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2459 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2460 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2461 """
2462 __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2463
2464 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2465 image creation from data, all written in Python. To create a custom
2466 image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2467 the following methods::
2468
2469 def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2470 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2471
2472 def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2473 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2474
2475 def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2476 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2477 this handler's image file format.'''
2478
2479 def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2480 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2481 how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2482
2483 To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2484 `wx.Image_AddHandler`. Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2485 `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2486
2487 """
2488 _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2489 self._SetSelf(self)
2490
2491 def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2492 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2493 return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2494
2495 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2496
2497 class ImageHistogram(object):
2498 """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2499 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2500 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2501 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2502 """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2503 _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2504 def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2505 """
2506 MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2507
2508 Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2509 """
2510 return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2511
2512 MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2513 def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2514 """
2515 FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2516
2517 Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2518 values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a
2519 success flag and rgb values.
2520 """
2521 return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2522
2523 def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2524 """
2525 GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2526
2527 Returns the pixel count for the given key. Use `MakeKey` to create a
2528 key value from a RGB tripple.
2529 """
2530 return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2531
2532 def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2533 """
2534 GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2535
2536 Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2537 """
2538 return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2539
2540 def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2541 """
2542 GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2543
2544 Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2545 """
2546 return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2547
2548 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2549
2550 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2551 """
2552 ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2553
2554 Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2555 """
2556 return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2557
2558 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2559 """
2560 An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2561 the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2562 `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2563 color space.
2564 """
2565 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2566 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2567 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2568 """
2569 __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2570
2571 Constructor.
2572 """
2573 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2574 red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2575 green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2576 blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2577 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2578
2579 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2580 """
2581 An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2582 represent the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2583 `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2584 color space.
2585 """
2586 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2587 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2588 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2589 """
2590 __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2591
2592 Constructor.
2593 """
2594 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2595 hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2596 saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2597 value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2598 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2599
2600 class Image(Object):
2601 """
2602 A platform-independent image class. An image can be created from
2603 data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2604 variety of formats. Functions are available to set and get image
2605 bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2606
2607 A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`. Instead, a
2608 platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2609 `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2610 device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2611
2612 One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2613 lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2614 bitmap object.
2615
2616 wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2617 for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2618 stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2619 corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2620 means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2621
2622 Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2623 `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2624 with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2625 with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2626 """
2627 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2628 __repr__ = _swig_repr
2629 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2630 """
2631 __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2632
2633 Loads an image from a file.
2634 """
2635 _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2636 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2637 __del__ = lambda self : None;
2638 def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2639 """
2640 Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2641
2642 Creates a fresh image. If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2643 initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2644 """
2645 return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2646
2647 def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2648 """
2649 Destroy(self)
2650
2651 Destroys the image data.
2652 """
2653 args[0].this.own(False)
2654 return _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2655
2656 def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2657 """
2658 Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2659
2660 Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2661 bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2662 `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`. The ``quality`` parameter
2663 specifies what method to use for resampling the image. It can be
2664 either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling
2665 method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses
2666 bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and
2667 downsampling respectively.
2668 """
2669 return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2670
2671 def ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs):
2672 """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2673 return _core_.Image_ResampleBox(*args, **kwargs)
2674
2675 def ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs):
2676 """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image"""
2677 return _core_.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679 def Blur(*args, **kwargs):
2680 """
2681 Blur(self, int radius) -> Image
2682
2683 Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the
2684 specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a
2685 single mask colour for transparency.
2686 """
2687 return _core_.Image_Blur(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689 def BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs):
2690 """
2691 BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image
2692
2693 Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be
2694 used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2695
2696 """
2697 return _core_.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args, **kwargs)
2698
2699 def BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs):
2700 """
2701 BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image
2702
2703 Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be
2704 used when using a single mask colour for transparency.
2705 """
2706 return _core_.Image_BlurVertical(*args, **kwargs)
2707
2708 def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2709 """
2710 ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2711
2712 Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2713 """
2714 return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2715
2716 def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2717 """
2718 Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image
2719
2720 Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2721 this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2722
2723 Returns the (modified) image itself.
2724 """
2725 return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2726
2727 def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2728 """
2729 Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2730
2731 Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2732 either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2733 image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2734 colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2735 image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2736 colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2737 newly exposed areas.
2738
2739 Returns the (modified) image itself.
2740 """
2741 return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2742
2743 def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2744 """
2745 SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2746
2747 Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2748 bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2749 manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2750 the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2751 get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2752 """
2753 return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2754
2755 def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2756 """
2757 SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2758
2759 Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2760 performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2761 safe way to manipulate the data.
2762 """
2763 return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2764
2765 def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2766 """
2767 GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2768
2769 Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2770 """
2771 return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2772
2773 def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2774 """
2775 GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2776
2777 Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2778 """
2779 return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2780
2781 def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2782 """
2783 GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2784
2785 Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2786 """
2787 return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2788
2789 def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2790 """
2791 SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2792
2793 Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2794 called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2795 for this.
2796 """
2797 return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2798
2799 def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2800 """
2801 GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2802
2803 Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2804 called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2805 this.
2806
2807 The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2808 corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2809 the fully opaque pixels.
2810 """
2811 return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2812
2813 def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2814 """
2815 HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2816
2817 Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2818 """
2819 return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2820
2821 def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2822 """
2823 InitAlpha(self)
2824
2825 Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2826 the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2827 default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2828 has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2829 """
2830 return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2831
2832 def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2833 """
2834 IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2835
2836 Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2837 than the spcified threshold.
2838 """
2839 return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2840
2841 def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2842 """
2843 FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2844
2845 Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2846 values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a
2847 success flag and rgb values.
2848 """
2849 return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2850
2851 def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2852 """
2853 ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2854
2855 If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2856 pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2857 mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2858 chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2859
2860 If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2861 nothing.
2862 """
2863 return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865 def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2866 """
2867 ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2868
2869 This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2870 only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2871 typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2872 drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2873 they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values. This
2874 method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2875 The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2876 """
2877 return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2878
2879 def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2880 """
2881 SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2882
2883 Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2884 ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2885 by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2886 the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2887 image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2888
2889 Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2890 image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2891 mask was successfully applied.
2892
2893 Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2894 computationally intensive operation.
2895 """
2896 return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898 def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2899 """
2900 CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2901
2902 Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2903 """
2904 return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2905
2906 CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2907 def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2908 """
2909 GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2910
2911 If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2912 is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2913 the number of available images.
2914 """
2915 return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2916
2917 GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2918 def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2919 """
2920 LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2921
2922 Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2923 library will try to autodetect the format.
2924 """
2925 return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2926
2927 def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2928 """
2929 LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2930
2931 Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2932 string.
2933 """
2934 return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2935
2936 def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2937 """
2938 SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2939
2940 Saves an image in the named file.
2941 """
2942 return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2943
2944 def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2945 """
2946 SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2947
2948 Saves an image in the named file.
2949 """
2950 return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2951
2952 def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2953 """
2954 CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2955
2956 Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2957 data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2958 object.
2959 """
2960 return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2961
2962 CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2963 def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2964 """
2965 LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2966
2967 Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2968 object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2969 autodetect the format.
2970 """
2971 return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2972
2973 def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2974 """
2975 LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2976
2977 Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2978 object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2979 """
2980 return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2981
2982 def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
2983 """
2984 IsOk(self) -> bool
2985
2986 Returns true if image data is present.
2987 """
2988 return _core_.Image_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
2989
2990 Ok = IsOk
2991 def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2992 """
2993 GetWidth(self) -> int
2994
2995 Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2996 """
2997 return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2998
2999 def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
3000 """
3001 GetHeight(self) -> int
3002
3003 Gets the height of the image in pixels.
3004 """
3005 return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
3006
3007 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
3008 """
3009 GetSize(self) -> Size
3010
3011 Returns the size of the image in pixels.
3012 """
3013 return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
3014
3015 def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
3016 """
3017 GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
3018
3019 Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
3020 entirely to the image.
3021 """
3022 return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
3023
3024 def Size(*args, **kwargs):
3025 """
3026 Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
3027
3028 Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
3029 either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
3030 image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
3031 colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
3032 image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
3033 colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
3034 newly exposed areas.
3035 """
3036 return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
3037
3038 def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
3039 """
3040 Copy(self) -> Image
3041
3042 Returns an identical copy of the image.
3043 """
3044 return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
3045
3046 def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
3047 """
3048 Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
3049
3050 Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
3051 and any out of bounds problems.
3052 """
3053 return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
3054
3055 def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
3056 """
3057 GetData(self) -> PyObject
3058
3059 Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
3060 """
3061 return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
3062
3063 def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
3064 """
3065 SetData(self, buffer data)
3066
3067 Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts
3068 either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
3069 the data must be width*height*3.
3070 """
3071 return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
3072
3073 def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3074 """
3075 GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3076
3077 Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
3078 image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
3079 not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3080 """
3081 return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3082
3083 def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3084 """
3085 SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
3086
3087 Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
3088 object. This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3089 ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
3090 """
3091 return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3092
3093 def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3094 """
3095 GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
3096
3097 Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
3098 """
3099 return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3100
3101 def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
3102 """
3103 SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
3104
3105 Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes. Accepts either
3106 a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
3107 data must be width*height.
3108 """
3109 return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
3110
3111 def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3112 """
3113 GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
3114
3115 Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
3116 data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
3117 use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
3118 """
3119 return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3120
3121 def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3122 """
3123 SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
3124
3125 Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
3126 object. This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
3127 ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
3128 """
3129 return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3130
3131 def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3132 """
3133 SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
3134
3135 Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
3136 mask).
3137 """
3138 return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3139
3140 def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
3141 """
3142 GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
3143
3144 Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
3145 """
3146 return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
3147
3148 def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
3149 """
3150 GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
3151
3152 Gets the red component of the mask colour.
3153 """
3154 return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
3155
3156 def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
3157 """
3158 GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
3159
3160 Gets the green component of the mask colour.
3161 """
3162 return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
3163
3164 def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
3165 """
3166 GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
3167
3168 Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
3169 """
3170 return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
3171
3172 def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
3173 """
3174 SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
3175
3176 Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
3177 determined by the current mask colour.
3178 """
3179 return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
3180
3181 def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
3182 """
3183 HasMask(self) -> bool
3184
3185 Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
3186 """
3187 return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
3188
3189 def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
3190 """
3191 Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
3192 Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
3193
3194 Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
3195 ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
3196 slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
3197 uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
3198 will be used as the fill colour.
3199
3200 Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
3201 """
3202 return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
3203
3204 def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
3205 """
3206 Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
3207
3208 Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
3209 indicated by ``clockwise``.
3210 """
3211 return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
3212
3213 def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
3214 """
3215 Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
3216
3217 Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
3218 indicates the orientation.
3219 """
3220 return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
3221
3222 def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
3223 """
3224 Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
3225
3226 Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
3227 ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
3228 """
3229 return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
3230
3231 def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
3232 """
3233 ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
3234
3235 Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
3236 image. The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
3237 defaults to ITU-T BT.601
3238 """
3239 return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
3240
3241 def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
3242 """
3243 ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
3244
3245 Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
3246 white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
3247 colour everywhere else.
3248 """
3249 return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
3250
3251 def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3252 """
3253 SetOption(self, String name, String value)
3254
3255 Sets an image handler defined option. For example, when saving as a
3256 JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
3257 number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
3258 """
3259 return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3260
3261 def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3262 """
3263 SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
3264
3265 Sets an image option as an integer.
3266 """
3267 return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3268
3269 def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
3270 """
3271 GetOption(self, String name) -> String
3272
3273 Gets the value of an image handler option.
3274 """
3275 return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
3276
3277 def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
3278 """
3279 GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
3280
3281 Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer. If the given
3282 option is not present, the function returns 0.
3283 """
3284 return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
3285
3286 def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
3287 """
3288 HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3289
3290 Returns true if the given option is present.
3291 """
3292 return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
3293
3294 def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
3295 """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3296 return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
3297
3298 def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
3299 """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3300 return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
3301
3302 def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3303 """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3304 return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3305
3306 AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
3307 def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3308 """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3309 return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3310
3311 InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
3312 def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3313 """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3314 return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3315
3316 RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
3317 def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
3318 """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3319 return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
3320
3321 GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
3322 def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
3323 """
3324 GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3325
3326 Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3327 containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3328 dialog boxes.
3329 """
3330 return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
3331
3332 GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
3333 def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3334 """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3335 return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3336
3337 def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3338 """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3339 return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3340
3341 def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
3342 """
3343 RotateHue(self, double angle)
3344
3345 Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3346 range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3347 """
3348 return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
3349
3350 def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3351 """
3352 RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3353
3354 Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3355 """
3356 return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3357
3358 RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
3359 def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3360 """
3361 HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3362
3363 Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3364 """
3365 return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3366
3367 HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
3368 def __nonzero__(self): return self.IsOk()
3369 AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
3370 AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
3371 Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
3372 DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
3373 Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
3374 MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
3375 MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
3376 MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
3377 Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
3378 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
3379
3380 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
3381 """
3382 ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3383
3384 Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3385 'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3386 """
3387 val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
3388 return val
3389
3390 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
3391 """
3392 ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3393
3394 Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3395 object.
3396 """
3397 val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
3398 return val
3399
3400 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
3401 """
3402 ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3403
3404 Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3405 object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3406 """
3407 val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3408 return val
3409
3410 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3411 """
3412 EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3413
3414 Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3415 pixels to black.
3416 """
3417 val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3418 return val
3419
3420 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3421 """
3422 ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3423
3424 Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3425 """
3426 val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3427 return val
3428
3429 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3430 """
3431 ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3432
3433 Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts either a
3434 string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3435 must be width*height*3.
3436 """
3437 val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3438 return val
3439
3440 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3441 """
3442 ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3443
3444 Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3445 Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3446 length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3447 alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3448 """
3449 val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3450 return val
3451
3452 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3453 """
3454 Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3455
3456 Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3457 """
3458 return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3459
3460 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3461 """
3462 Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3463
3464 If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3465 is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3466 the number of available images.
3467 """
3468 return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3469
3470 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3471 """
3472 Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3473
3474 Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3475 data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3476 object.
3477 """
3478 return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3479
3480 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3481 """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3482 return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3483
3484 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3485 """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3486 return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3487
3488 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3489 """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3490 return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3491
3492 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3493 """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3494 return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3495
3496 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3497 """
3498 Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3499
3500 Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3501 containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3502 dialog boxes.
3503 """
3504 return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3505
3506 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3507 """
3508 Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3509
3510 Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3511 """
3512 return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3513
3514 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3515 """
3516 Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3517
3518 Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3519 """
3520 return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3521
3522
3523 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3524 """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3525 return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3526 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3527 """
3528 Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer. The dataBuffer
3529 parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3530 such as a string, array, etc. The dataBuffer object is expected to
3531 contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long. A buffer
3532 object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3533 it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3534
3535 The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3536 to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3537 time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3538 While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3539 risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3540
3541 To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3542 objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3543 after the wx.Image is deleted. However please be aware that it is not
3544 guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3545 when it needs to resize its contents. If that happens then the wx.Image
3546 will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3547 application to crash. Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3548 the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3549 them to change size.
3550 """
3551 image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3552 image._buffer = dataBuffer
3553 image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3554 return image
3555
3556 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3557 """
3558 The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3559 the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3560 """
3561 pass
3562
3563 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE
3564 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3565 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3566 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3567 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3568 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3569 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3570 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3571 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3572 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3573 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3574 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3575 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3576 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3577 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3578 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3579 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3580 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3581 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3582 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3583 """
3584 __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3585
3586 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3587 """
3588 _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3589 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3590 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3591 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3592 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3593 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3594 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3595 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3596 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3597 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3598 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3599 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3600 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3601 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3602 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3603 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3604 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3605 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3606
3607 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3608 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3609 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3610 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3611 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3612 """
3613 __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3614
3615 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3616 """
3617 _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3618 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3619
3620 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3621 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3622 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3623 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3624 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3625 """
3626 __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3627
3628 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3629 """
3630 _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3631 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3632
3633 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3634 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3635 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3636 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3637 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3638 """
3639 __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3640
3641 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3642 """
3643 _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3644 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3645
3646 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3647 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3648 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3649 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3650 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3651 """
3652 __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3653
3654 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3655 """
3656 _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3657 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3658
3659 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3660 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3661 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3662 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3663 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3664 """
3665 __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3666
3667 A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3668 """
3669 _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3670 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3671
3672 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3673 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3674 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3675 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3676 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3677 """
3678 __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3679
3680 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3681 """
3682 _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3683 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3684
3685 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3686 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3687 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3688 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3689 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3690 """
3691 __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3692
3693 A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3694 """
3695 _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3696 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3697
3698 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3699 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3700 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3701 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3702 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3703 """
3704 __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3705
3706 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3707 """
3708 _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3709 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3710
3711 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3712 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3713 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3714 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3715 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3716 """
3717 __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3718
3719 A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3720 """
3721 _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3722 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3723
3724 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3725 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3726 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3727 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3728 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3729 """
3730 __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3731
3732 A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3733 """
3734 _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3735 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3736
3737 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler):
3738 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files."""
3739 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3740 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3741 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3742 """
3743 __init__(self) -> TGAHandler
3744
3745 A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.
3746 """
3747 _core_.TGAHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TGAHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3748 _core_.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler)
3749
3750 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3751 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3752 class Quantize(object):
3753 """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3754 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3755 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3756 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3757 def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3758 """
3759 Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3760
3761 Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3762 destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3763 needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3764 """
3765 return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3766
3767 Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3768 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3769
3770 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3771 """
3772 Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3773
3774 Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3775 destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3776 needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3777 """
3778 return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3779
3780 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3781
3782 class EvtHandler(Object):
3783 """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3784 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3785 __repr__ = _swig_repr
3786 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3787 """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3788 _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3789 self._setOORInfo(self)
3790
3791 def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3792 """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3793 return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3794
3795 def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3796 """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3797 return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3798
3799 def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3800 """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3801 return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3802
3803 def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3804 """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3805 return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3806
3807 def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3808 """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3809 return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3810
3811 def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3812 """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3813 return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3814
3815 def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3816 """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3817 return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3818
3819 def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3820 """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3821 return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3822
3823 def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3824 """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3825 return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3826
3827 def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3828 """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3829 return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3830
3831 def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3832 """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3833 return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3834
3835 def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3836 """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3837 val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3838 args[0].this.own(False)
3839 return val
3840
3841 def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3842 """
3843 Bind an event to an event handler.
3844
3845 :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3846 type of event to bind,
3847
3848 :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3849 event is delivered to self. Pass None to
3850 disconnect an event handler.
3851
3852 :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3853 different window than self, but you still
3854 want to catch it in self. (For example, a
3855 button event delivered to a frame.) By
3856 passing the source of the event, the event
3857 handling system is able to differentiate
3858 between the same event type from different
3859 controls.
3860
3861 :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3862 of instance.
3863
3864 :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3865 to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3866 """
3867 if source is not None:
3868 id = source.GetId()
3869 event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3870
3871 def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3872 """
3873 Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3874 Returns True if successful.
3875 """
3876 if source is not None:
3877 id = source.GetId()
3878 return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3879
3880 EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3881 NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3882 PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3883 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3884
3885 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3886
3887 class PyEventBinder(object):
3888 """
3889 Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3890 handlers.
3891 """
3892 def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3893 if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3894 raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3895 self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3896
3897 if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3898 self.evtType = evtType
3899 else:
3900 self.evtType = [evtType]
3901
3902
3903 def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3904 """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3905 for et in self.evtType:
3906 target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3907
3908
3909 def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3910 """Remove an event binding."""
3911 success = 0
3912 for et in self.evtType:
3913 success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3914 return success != 0
3915
3916 def _getEvtType(self):
3917 """
3918 Make it easy to get to the default wxEventType typeID for this
3919 event binder.
3920 """
3921 return self.evtType[0]
3922
3923 typeId = property(_getEvtType)
3924
3925
3926 def __call__(self, *args):
3927 """
3928 For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3929 Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3930 func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3931 type of the event.
3932 """
3933 assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3934 id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3935 id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3936 target = args[0]
3937 if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3938 func = args[1]
3939 elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3940 id1 = args[1]
3941 func = args[2]
3942 elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3943 id1 = args[1]
3944 id2 = args[2]
3945 func = args[3]
3946 else:
3947 raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3948
3949 self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3950
3951
3952 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3953 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3954 win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3955 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3956 win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3957
3958
3959 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3960
3961 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3962
3963 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3964 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3965
3966 def NewEventType(*args):
3967 """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3968 return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3969 wxEVT_ANY = _core_.wxEVT_ANY
3970 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3971 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3972 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3973 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3974 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3975 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3976 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3977 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3978 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3979 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3980 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3981 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3982 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3983 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3984 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3985 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3986 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3987 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3988 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3989 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3990 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3991 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3992 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3993 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3994 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3995 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3996 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3997 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3998 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3999 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4000 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4001 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
4002 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
4003 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
4004 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4005 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
4006 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
4007 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
4008 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
4009 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
4010 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
4011 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
4012 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
4013 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
4014 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
4015 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4016 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
4017 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
4018 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
4019 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
4020 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
4021 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
4022 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
4023 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
4024 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
4025 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
4026 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
4027 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
4028 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
4029 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
4030 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
4031 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
4032 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4033 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4034 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
4035 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
4036 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
4037 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
4038 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
4039 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
4040 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
4041 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
4042 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
4043 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
4044 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
4045 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
4046 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
4047 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
4048 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
4049 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
4050 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
4051 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
4052 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
4053 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
4054 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
4055 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
4056 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
4057 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
4058 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
4059 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
4060 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
4061 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
4062 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
4063 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
4064 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
4065 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
4066 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
4067 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
4068 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
4069 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
4070 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
4071 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
4072 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
4073 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
4074 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
4075 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
4076 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
4077 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
4078 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
4079 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
4080 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
4081 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
4082 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
4083 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
4084 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
4085 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
4086 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
4087 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
4088 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
4089 #
4090 # Create some event binders
4091 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
4092 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
4093 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
4094 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
4095 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
4096 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4097 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4098 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
4099 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
4100 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
4101 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
4102 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
4103 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
4104 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
4105 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
4106 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
4107 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
4108 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
4109 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
4110 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
4111 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
4112 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
4113 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
4114 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
4115 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
4116 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
4117 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
4118 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
4119 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
4120 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
4121 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
4122 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
4123 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
4124 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
4125 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
4126 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
4127 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
4128 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
4129 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
4130 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
4131 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
4132 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
4133
4134 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
4135 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
4136 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
4137 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
4138 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
4139 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
4140 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
4141 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
4142 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
4143 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4144 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
4145 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
4146 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
4147
4148 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
4149 wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
4150 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
4151 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
4152 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
4153 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
4154 wxEVT_MOTION,
4155 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
4156 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
4157 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
4158 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
4159 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
4160 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4161 ])
4162
4163
4164 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
4165 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
4166 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
4167 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
4168 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
4169 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
4170 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
4171 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
4172 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
4173 ])
4174
4175 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
4176 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
4177 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
4178 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
4179 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
4180 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
4181 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
4182 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
4183
4184 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
4185 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4186 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4187 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4188 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4189 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4190 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4191 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4192 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4193 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4194 ])
4195
4196 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
4197 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
4198 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
4199 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
4200 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
4201 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
4202 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
4203 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
4204 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
4205 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
4206
4207 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
4208 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
4209 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
4210 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
4211 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
4212 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
4213 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
4214 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
4215 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
4216 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
4217 ], 1)
4218
4219 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
4220 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
4221 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
4222 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
4223 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
4224 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
4225 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
4226 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
4227 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
4228 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
4229
4230 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
4231 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
4232 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
4233 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4234 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
4235 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
4236 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
4237 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
4238 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4239 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
4240
4241 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
4242 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4243 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
4244 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
4245 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
4246 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
4247 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
4248 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
4249 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
4250
4251
4252 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
4253 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
4254 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
4255 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
4256 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
4257 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
4258 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
4259
4260 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
4261
4262 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
4263 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
4264
4265 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
4266
4267 EVT_TEXT_CUT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
4268 EVT_TEXT_COPY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
4269 EVT_TEXT_PASTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
4270
4271
4272 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4273
4274 class Event(Object):
4275 """
4276 An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4277 callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4278 other event classes
4279 """
4280 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4281 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
4282 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4283 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
4284 __del__ = lambda self : None;
4285 def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4286 """
4287 SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
4288
4289 Sets the specific type of the event.
4290 """
4291 return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4292
4293 def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
4294 """
4295 GetEventType(self) -> EventType
4296
4297 Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4298 ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4299 """
4300 return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
4301
4302 def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4303 """
4304 GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4305
4306 Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4307 any.
4308 """
4309 return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4310
4311 def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
4312 """
4313 SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4314
4315 Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4316 object that is sending the event.
4317 """
4318 return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
4319
4320 def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4321 """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4322 return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4323
4324 def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
4325 """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4326 return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
4327
4328 def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
4329 """
4330 GetId(self) -> int
4331
4332 Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4333 command id.
4334 """
4335 return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
4336
4337 def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
4338 """
4339 SetId(self, int Id)
4340
4341 Set's the ID for the event. This is usually the ID of the window that
4342 is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4343 item, etc.
4344 """
4345 return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
4346
4347 def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
4348 """
4349 IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4350
4351 Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4352 it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4353 """
4354 return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
4355
4356 def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
4357 """
4358 Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4359
4360 This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether
4361 further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the
4362 current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is
4363 used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is
4364 called, the event processing system continues searching for a further
4365 handler function for this event, even though it has been processed
4366 already in the current handler.
4367 """
4368 return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
4369
4370 def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
4371 """
4372 GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4373
4374 Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4375 :see: `Skip`
4376 """
4377 return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
4378
4379 def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
4380 """
4381 ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4382
4383 Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4384 i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4385 """
4386 return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
4387
4388 def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4389 """
4390 StopPropagation(self) -> int
4391
4392 Stop the event from propagating to its parent window. Returns the old
4393 propagation level value which may be later passed to
4394 `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4395 """
4396 return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4397
4398 def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
4399 """
4400 ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4401
4402 Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level. (For
4403 example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4404 `StopPropagation`.)
4405
4406 """
4407 return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
4408
4409 def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4410 """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4411 return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4412
4413 EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
4414 EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
4415 Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
4416 Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
4417 Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
4418 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
4419
4420 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4421
4422 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4423 """
4424 Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply
4425 create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4426 propogation of the event will be restored.
4427 """
4428 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4429 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4430 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4431 """
4432 __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4433
4434 Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply
4435 create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4436 propogation of the event will be restored.
4437 """
4438 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4439 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4440 __del__ = lambda self : None;
4441 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4442
4443 class PropagateOnce(object):
4444 """
4445 A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4446 event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4447 destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4448 """
4449 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4450 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4451 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4452 """
4453 __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4454
4455 A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4456 event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4457 destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4458 """
4459 _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4460 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4461 __del__ = lambda self : None;
4462 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4463
4464 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4465
4466 class CommandEvent(Event):
4467 """
4468 This event class contains information about command events, which
4469 originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4470 toolbars.
4471 """
4472 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4473 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4474 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4475 """
4476 __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4477
4478 This event class contains information about command events, which
4479 originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4480 toolbars.
4481 """
4482 _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4483 def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4484 """
4485 GetSelection(self) -> int
4486
4487 Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4488 for a deselection).
4489 """
4490 return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4491
4492 def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4493 """SetString(self, String s)"""
4494 return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4495
4496 def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4497 """
4498 GetString(self) -> String
4499
4500 Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4501 for a deselection).
4502 """
4503 return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4504
4505 def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4506 """
4507 IsChecked(self) -> bool
4508
4509 This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4510 checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4511 for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4512 the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4513 makes sense for checkable menu items).
4514 """
4515 return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4516
4517 Checked = IsChecked
4518 def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4519 """
4520 IsSelection(self) -> bool
4521
4522 For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4523 false if it is a deselection.
4524 """
4525 return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4526
4527 def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4528 """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4529 return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4530
4531 def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4532 """
4533 GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4534
4535 Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4536 event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4537 whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4538 listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4539 this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4540 listbox must be examined by the application.
4541 """
4542 return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4543
4544 def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4545 """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4546 return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4547
4548 def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4549 """
4550 GetInt(self) -> int
4551
4552 Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4553 radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4554 deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4555 """
4556 return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4557
4558 def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4559 """
4560 GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4561
4562 Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4563 """
4564 return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4565
4566 def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4567 """
4568 SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4569
4570 Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4571 """
4572 return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4573
4574 GetClientObject = GetClientData
4575 SetClientObject = SetClientData
4576
4577 def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4578 """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4579 return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4580
4581 ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4582 ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4583 ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4584 Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4585 Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4586 String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4587 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4588
4589 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4590
4591 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4592 """
4593 An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4594 a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4595 allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler
4596 can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4597 """
4598 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4599 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4600 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4601 """
4602 __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4603
4604 An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4605 a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4606 allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler
4607 can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4608 """
4609 _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4610 def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4611 """
4612 Veto(self)
4613
4614 Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4615
4616 It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4617 vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4618 just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4619 """
4620 return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4621
4622 def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4623 """
4624 Allow(self)
4625
4626 This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4627 processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4628 the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4629 will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4630 """
4631 return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4632
4633 def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4634 """
4635 IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4636
4637 Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4638 false otherwise (if it was).
4639 """
4640 return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4641
4642 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4643
4644 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4645
4646 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4647 """
4648 A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4649 scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4650 instances of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4651 instead.
4652 """
4653 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4654 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4655 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4656 """
4657 __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4658 int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4659 """
4660 _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4661 def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4662 """
4663 GetOrientation(self) -> int
4664
4665 Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4666 the scrollbar.
4667 """
4668 return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4669
4670 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4671 """
4672 GetPosition(self) -> int
4673
4674 Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4675 """
4676 return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4677
4678 def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4679 """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4680 return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4681
4682 def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4683 """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4684 return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4685
4686 Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4687 Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4688 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4689
4690 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4691
4692 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4693 """
4694 A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4695 scrolling windows.
4696 """
4697 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4698 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4699 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4700 """
4701 __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4702
4703 A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4704 scrolling windows.
4705 """
4706 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4707 def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4708 """
4709 GetOrientation(self) -> int
4710
4711 Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4712 the scrollbar.
4713 """
4714 return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4715
4716 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4717 """
4718 GetPosition(self) -> int
4719
4720 Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4721 events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4722 need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4723 """
4724 return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4725
4726 def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4727 """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4728 return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4729
4730 def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4731 """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4732 return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4733
4734 Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4735 Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4736 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4737
4738 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4739
4740 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4741 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4742 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4743 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4744 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4745 class MouseEvent(Event):
4746 """
4747 This event class contains information about the events generated by
4748 the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4749 mouse move events.
4750
4751 All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4752 the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4753 ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4754 a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4755 events from it.
4756
4757 Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4758 the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4759 button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4760 currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4761 mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4762 is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4763 `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4764 underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4765 applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4766 """
4767 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4768 __repr__ = _swig_repr
4769 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4770 """
4771 __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4772
4773 Constructs a wx.MouseEvent. Valid event types are:
4774
4775 * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4776 * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4777 * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4778 * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4779 * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4780 * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4781 * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4782 * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4783 * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4784 * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4785 * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4786 * wxEVT_MOTION
4787 * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4788 """
4789 _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4790 def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4791 """
4792 IsButton(self) -> bool
4793
4794 Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4795 button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4796 """
4797 return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4798
4799 def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4800 """
4801 ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4802
4803 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4804 mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4805 button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4806 values).
4807 """
4808 return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4809
4810 def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4811 """
4812 ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4813
4814 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4815 mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4816 double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4817 values).
4818 """
4819 return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4820
4821 def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4822 """
4823 ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4824
4825 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4826 mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4827 up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4828 """
4829 return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4830
4831 def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4832 """
4833 Button(self, int button) -> bool
4834
4835 Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4836 values of button are:
4837
4838 ==================== =====================================
4839 wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT check if left button was pressed
4840 wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE check if middle button was pressed
4841 wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT check if right button was pressed
4842 wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY check if any button was pressed
4843 ==================== =====================================
4844
4845 """
4846 return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4847
4848 def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4849 """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4850 return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4851
4852 def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4853 """
4854 GetButton(self) -> int
4855
4856 Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4857 wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4858 leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4859 the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4860 and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4861 right buttons respectively.
4862 """
4863 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4864
4865 def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4866 """
4867 ControlDown(self) -> bool
4868
4869 Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4870 """
4871 return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4872
4873 def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4874 """
4875 MetaDown(self) -> bool
4876
4877 Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4878 """
4879 return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4880
4881 def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4882 """
4883 AltDown(self) -> bool
4884
4885 Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4886 """
4887 return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4888
4889 def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4890 """
4891 ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4892
4893 Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4894 """
4895 return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4896
4897 def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4898 """
4899 CmdDown(self) -> bool
4900
4901 "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4902 platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4903 Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4904 because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4905 elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4906 purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4907 and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4908 """
4909 return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4910
4911 def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4912 """
4913 LeftDown(self) -> bool
4914
4915 Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4916 """
4917 return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4918
4919 def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4920 """
4921 MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4922
4923 Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4924 """
4925 return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4926
4927 def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4928 """
4929 RightDown(self) -> bool
4930
4931 Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4932 """
4933 return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4934
4935 def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4936 """
4937 LeftUp(self) -> bool
4938
4939 Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4940 """
4941 return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4942
4943 def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4944 """
4945 MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4946
4947 Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4948 """
4949 return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4950
4951 def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4952 """
4953 RightUp(self) -> bool
4954
4955 Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4956 """
4957 return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4958
4959 def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4960 """
4961 LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4962
4963 Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4964 """
4965 return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4966
4967 def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4968 """
4969 MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4970
4971 Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4972 """
4973 return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4974
4975 def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4976 """
4977 RightDClick(self) -> bool
4978
4979 Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4980 """
4981 return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4982
4983 def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4984 """
4985 LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4986
4987 Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4988 of the current event type.
4989
4990 Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4991 if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4992 state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4993
4994 This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4995 "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4996 dragging the mouse.
4997 """
4998 return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4999
5000 def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5001 """
5002 MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
5003
5004 Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
5005 of the current event type.
5006 """
5007 return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5008
5009 def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
5010 """
5011 RightIsDown(self) -> bool
5012
5013 Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
5014 of the current event type.
5015 """
5016 return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
5017
5018 def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
5019 """
5020 Dragging(self) -> bool
5021
5022 Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
5023 depressed).
5024 """
5025 return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
5026
5027 def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
5028 """
5029 Moving(self) -> bool
5030
5031 Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
5032 pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
5033 false and Dragging returns true.
5034 """
5035 return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
5036
5037 def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
5038 """
5039 Entering(self) -> bool
5040
5041 Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
5042 """
5043 return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
5044
5045 def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
5046 """
5047 Leaving(self) -> bool
5048
5049 Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
5050 """
5051 return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
5052
5053 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5054 """
5055 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5056
5057 Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5058 event happened.
5059 """
5060 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5061
5062 def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5063 """
5064 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5065
5066 Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
5067 event happened.
5068 """
5069 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5070
5071 def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5072 """
5073 GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
5074
5075 Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
5076 according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
5077 that the window has been scrolled).
5078 """
5079 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5080
5081 def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5082 """
5083 GetX(self) -> int
5084
5085 Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5086 """
5087 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5088
5089 def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5090 """
5091 GetY(self) -> int
5092
5093 Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
5094 """
5095 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5096
5097 def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
5098 """
5099 GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
5100
5101 Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
5102 rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
5103 +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
5104 created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
5105 event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
5106 do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
5107 have been accumulated before scrolling.
5108 """
5109 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
5110
5111 def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
5112 """
5113 GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
5114
5115 Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
5116 taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
5117 should occur for each delta.
5118 """
5119 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
5120
5121 def GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs):
5122 """
5123 GetWheelAxis(self) -> int
5124
5125 Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on
5126 most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls
5127 or horizontal trackpad scrolling.
5128 """
5129 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelAxis(*args, **kwargs)
5130
5131 def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
5132 """
5133 GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
5134
5135 Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
5136 per wheel action. Defaults to three.
5137 """
5138 return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
5139
5140 def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
5141 """
5142 IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
5143
5144 Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
5145 the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
5146 """
5147 return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
5148
5149 m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
5150 m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
5151 m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
5152 m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
5153 m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
5154 m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5155 m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5156 m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
5157 m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5158 m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
5159 m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
5160 m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
5161 Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
5162 LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
5163 LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
5164 Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5165 WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
5166 WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
5167 X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5168 Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5169 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
5170
5171 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5172
5173 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
5174 """
5175 A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
5176 as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
5177 chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
5178 current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
5179 method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
5180 """
5181 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5182 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5183 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5184 """
5185 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
5186
5187 Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
5188 """
5189 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5190 def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5191 """
5192 GetX(self) -> int
5193
5194 Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5195 """
5196 return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5197
5198 def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5199 """
5200 GetY(self) -> int
5201
5202 Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
5203 """
5204 return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5205
5206 def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5207 """
5208 SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
5209
5210 Sets the cursor associated with this event.
5211 """
5212 return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5213
5214 def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5215 """
5216 GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5217
5218 Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5219 """
5220 return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5221
5222 def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
5223 """
5224 HasCursor(self) -> bool
5225
5226 Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5227 """
5228 return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
5229
5230 Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
5231 X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5232 Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5233 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
5234
5235 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5236
5237 class KeyEvent(Event):
5238 """
5239 This event class contains information about keypress and character
5240 events. These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5241 the keyboard focus.
5242
5243 Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5244 wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5245 between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5246 and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5247 note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5248 typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5249 one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5250 corresponding to each down one.
5251
5252 Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5253 carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5254 keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5255 WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5256 general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5257 key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5258 example.
5259
5260 A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5261 and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5262 down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5263 code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5264 'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5265 just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5266 well.
5267
5268 Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5269 could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5270 returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5271 as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5272 translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5273 by the system itself.
5274
5275 Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5276 for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5277 same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5278 the ASCII value of this key combination.
5279
5280 You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5281 interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5282 pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5283 focus.
5284
5285 **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5286 call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5287 happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5288 types of events to be a bit simpler.
5289
5290 **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5291 are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5292 WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5293 event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5294
5295 **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5296 process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5297 work under Windows.
5298
5299 """
5300 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5301 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5302 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5303 """
5304 __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5305
5306 Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`. Valid event types are:
5307 *
5308 """
5309 _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5310 def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5311 """
5312 GetModifiers(self) -> int
5313
5314 Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings. Can be used to
5315 check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
5316 to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down. For
5317 example::
5318
5319 if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
5320 DoSomething()
5321
5322 """
5323 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5324
5325 def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
5326 """
5327 ControlDown(self) -> bool
5328
5329 Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5330 """
5331 return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
5332
5333 def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
5334 """
5335 MetaDown(self) -> bool
5336
5337 Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5338 """
5339 return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
5340
5341 def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
5342 """
5343 AltDown(self) -> bool
5344
5345 Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5346 """
5347 return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
5348
5349 def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
5350 """
5351 ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5352
5353 Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5354 """
5355 return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
5356
5357 def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
5358 """
5359 CmdDown(self) -> bool
5360
5361 "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5362 platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5363 Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5364 because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5365 elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5366 purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5367 and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5368 """
5369 return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
5370
5371 def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
5372 """
5373 HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5374
5375 Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5376 key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5377 SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5378 it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5379 key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5380 normally).
5381 """
5382 return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
5383
5384 def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5385 """
5386 GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5387
5388 Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5389 while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5390 cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5391 codes.
5392
5393 Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5394 the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5395 locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5396 character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5397 """
5398 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5399
5400 def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5401 """
5402 GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5403
5404 Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event. This
5405 function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5406 """
5407 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5408
5409 GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
5410 def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
5411 """
5412 SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
5413
5414 Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
5415 build of wxPython.
5416 """
5417 return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
5418
5419 def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
5420 """
5421 GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5422
5423 Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5424 scan code which should only be used in advanced
5425 applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5426 ports.
5427 """
5428 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
5429
5430 def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5431 """
5432 GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5433
5434 Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5435 platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5436 Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5437 """
5438 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5439
5440 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5441 """
5442 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5443
5444 Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5445 """
5446 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5447
5448 def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5449 """
5450 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5451
5452 Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5453 """
5454 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5455
5456 def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5457 """
5458 GetX(self) -> int
5459
5460 Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5461 applicable.
5462 """
5463 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5464
5465 def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5466 """
5467 GetY(self) -> int
5468
5469 Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5470 applicable.
5471 """
5472 return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5473
5474 m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5475 m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5476 m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5477 m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5478 m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5479 m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5480 m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5481 m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5482 m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5483 m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5484 KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5485 Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5486 Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5487 RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5488 RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5489 UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5490 X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5491 Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5492 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5493
5494 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5495
5496 class SizeEvent(Event):
5497 """
5498 A size event holds information about size change events. The EVT_SIZE
5499 handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5500 been resized.
5501
5502 Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5503 `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5504 application.
5505
5506 When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5507 damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5508 next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5509 window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5510 window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5511 invalidate the entire window.
5512
5513 """
5514 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5515 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5516 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5517 """
5518 __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5519
5520 Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5521 """
5522 _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5523 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5524 """
5525 GetSize(self) -> Size
5526
5527 Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5528 event.
5529 """
5530 return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5531
5532 def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5533 """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5534 return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5535
5536 def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5537 """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5538 return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5539
5540 def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5541 """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5542 return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5543
5544 m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5545 m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5546 Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5547 Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5548 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5549
5550 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5551
5552 class MoveEvent(Event):
5553 """
5554 This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5555 moved to a new position.
5556 """
5557 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5558 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5559 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5560 """
5561 __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5562
5563 Constructor.
5564 """
5565 _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5566 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5567 """
5568 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5569
5570 Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5571 """
5572 return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5573
5574 def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5575 """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5576 return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5577
5578 def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5579 """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5580 return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5581
5582 def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5583 """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5584 return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5585
5586 m_pos = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5587 m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5588
5589 Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5590 Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5591 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5592
5593 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5594
5595 class PaintEvent(Event):
5596 """
5597 A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5598 Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5599 a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it. Otherwise MS
5600 Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5601 the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5602
5603 You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5604 damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5605 and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5606 the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5607 calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5608 scrolled units.
5609
5610 """
5611 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5612 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5613 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5614 """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5615 _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5616 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5617
5618 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5619 """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5620 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5621 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5622 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5623 """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5624 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5625 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5626
5627 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5628
5629 class EraseEvent(Event):
5630 """
5631 An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5632 repainted. To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5633 binder. On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5634 (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5635
5636 To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5637 device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5638 `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5639
5640 """
5641 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5642 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5643 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5644 """
5645 __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5646
5647 Constructor
5648 """
5649 _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5650 def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5651 """
5652 GetDC(self) -> DC
5653
5654 Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon. If
5655 ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5656 that instead.
5657 """
5658 return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5659
5660 DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5661 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5662
5663 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5664
5665 class FocusEvent(Event):
5666 """
5667 A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5668 focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5669 gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5670
5671 Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5672 to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5673 done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5674
5675 """
5676 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5677 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5678 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5679 """
5680 __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5681
5682 Constructor
5683 """
5684 _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5685 def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5686 """
5687 GetWindow(self) -> Window
5688
5689 Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5690 window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5691 window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5692
5693 Warning: the window returned may be None!
5694 """
5695 return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5696
5697 def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5698 """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5699 return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5700
5701 Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5702 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5703
5704 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5705
5706 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5707 """
5708 A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5709 windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5710 to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5711
5712 Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5713 the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5714 is further down the containment heirarchy. Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5715 to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5716 """
5717 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5718 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5719 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5720 """
5721 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5722
5723 Constructor
5724 """
5725 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5726 def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5727 """
5728 GetWindow(self) -> Window
5729
5730 The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5731 focus.
5732 """
5733 return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5734
5735 Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5736 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5737
5738 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5739
5740 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5741 """
5742 An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5743 application is being activated or deactivated.
5744
5745 A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5746 is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5747 title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5748 An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5749 becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5750 application frames being inactive.
5751
5752 Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5753 for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5754 doing so can result in strange effects.
5755
5756 """
5757 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5758 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5759 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5760 """
5761 __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5762
5763 Constructor
5764 """
5765 _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5766 def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5767 """
5768 GetActive(self) -> bool
5769
5770 Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5771 otherwise.
5772 """
5773 return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5774
5775 Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5776 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5777
5778 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5779
5780 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5781 """
5782 A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5783 any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called. Handlers for this
5784 event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5785 done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5786 calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5787 """
5788 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5789 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5790 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5791 """
5792 __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5793
5794 Constructor
5795 """
5796 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5797 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5798
5799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5800
5801 class MenuEvent(Event):
5802 """
5803 This class is used for a variety of menu-related events. Note that
5804 these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5805 `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5806
5807 The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5808 text in the first field of the status bar.
5809 """
5810 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5811 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5812 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5813 """
5814 __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5815
5816 Constructor
5817 """
5818 _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5819 def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5820 """
5821 GetMenuId(self) -> int
5822
5823 Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5824 should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5825 """
5826 return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5827
5828 def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5829 """
5830 IsPopup(self) -> bool
5831
5832 Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5833 popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one. This method should only
5834 be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5835 """
5836 return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5837
5838 def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5839 """
5840 GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5841
5842 Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5843 only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5844 """
5845 return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5846
5847 Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5848 MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5849 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5850
5851 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5852
5853 class CloseEvent(Event):
5854 """
5855 This event class contains information about window and session close
5856 events.
5857
5858 The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5859 to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5860 the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5861 programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5862 function.
5863
5864 You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5865 the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5866 the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5867 it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5868 For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5869 files or to cancel the close.
5870
5871 If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5872 calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5873 `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5874 on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5875 """
5876 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5877 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5878 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5879 """
5880 __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5881
5882 Constructor.
5883 """
5884 _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5885 def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5886 """
5887 SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5888
5889 Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5890 """
5891 return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5892
5893 def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5894 """
5895 GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5896
5897 Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5898 system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5899 session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5900 window event.
5901 """
5902 return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5903
5904 def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5905 """
5906 Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5907
5908 Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5909 signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5910
5911 You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5912 """
5913 return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5914
5915 def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5916 """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5917 return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5918
5919 def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5920 """
5921 SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5922
5923 Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5924 """
5925 return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5926
5927 def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5928 """
5929 CanVeto(self) -> bool
5930
5931 Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5932 event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5933 code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5934 must be called to check this.
5935 """
5936 return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5937
5938 LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5939 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5940
5941 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5942
5943 class ShowEvent(Event):
5944 """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5945 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5946 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5947 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5948 """
5949 __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5950
5951 An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5952 """
5953 _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5954 def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5955 """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5956 return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5957
5958 def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5959 """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5960 return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5961
5962 Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5963 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5964
5965 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5966
5967 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5968 """
5969 An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5970 restored.
5971 """
5972 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5973 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5974 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5975 """
5976 __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5977
5978 An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5979 restored.
5980 """
5981 _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5982 def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5983 """
5984 Iconized(self) -> bool
5985
5986 Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5987 been restored.
5988 """
5989 return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5990
5991 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5992
5993 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5994
5995 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5996 """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5997 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5998 __repr__ = _swig_repr
5999 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6000 """
6001 __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
6002
6003 An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
6004 """
6005 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6006 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
6007
6008 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6009
6010 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
6011 """
6012 This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
6013 been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
6014 under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
6015 dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
6016
6017 Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
6018 drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
6019 implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
6020 dropping files.
6021
6022 Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
6023 events.
6024
6025 """
6026 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6027 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
6028 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6029 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6030 """
6031 GetPosition(self) -> Point
6032
6033 Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
6034 """
6035 return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6036
6037 def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6038 """
6039 GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
6040
6041 Returns the number of files dropped.
6042 """
6043 return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6044
6045 def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
6046 """
6047 GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
6048
6049 Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
6050 """
6051 return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
6052
6053 Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
6054 NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
6055 Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
6056 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
6057
6058 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6059
6060 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
6061 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6062 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
6063 """
6064 This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
6065 wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
6066 interface elements.
6067
6068 Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
6069 check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
6070 menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
6071 mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
6072 menu item or button.
6073
6074 With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
6075 state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
6076 will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
6077 worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
6078 declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
6079 you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
6080 update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
6081
6082 Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
6083 functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
6084 determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
6085 update.
6086
6087 These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
6088 before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
6089 any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
6090
6091 If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
6092 your application, you can do one or both of the following:
6093
6094 1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
6095 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
6096 wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
6097 receive update events. No other windows will receive update
6098 events.
6099
6100 2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
6101 value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
6102 `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
6103 a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
6104 delay before windows are updated.
6105
6106 Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
6107 handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
6108 from an internal idle handler.
6109
6110 wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
6111 Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
6112 is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
6113
6114 """
6115 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6116 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6117 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6118 """
6119 __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6120
6121 Constructor
6122 """
6123 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6124 def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6125 """
6126 GetChecked(self) -> bool
6127
6128 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6129 """
6130 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6131
6132 def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6133 """
6134 GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6135
6136 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6137 """
6138 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6139
6140 def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6141 """
6142 GetShown(self) -> bool
6143
6144 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
6145 """
6146 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6147
6148 def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
6149 """
6150 GetText(self) -> String
6151
6152 Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6153 """
6154 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
6155
6156 def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
6157 """
6158 GetSetText(self) -> bool
6159
6160 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6161 wxWidgets internal use only.
6162 """
6163 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
6164
6165 def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
6166 """
6167 GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6168
6169 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6170 internal use only.
6171 """
6172 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
6173
6174 def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
6175 """
6176 GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6177
6178 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6179 internal use only.
6180 """
6181 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
6182
6183 def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
6184 """
6185 GetSetShown(self) -> bool
6186
6187 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
6188 internal use only.
6189 """
6190 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
6191
6192 def Check(*args, **kwargs):
6193 """
6194 Check(self, bool check)
6195
6196 Check or uncheck the UI element.
6197 """
6198 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
6199
6200 def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
6201 """
6202 Enable(self, bool enable)
6203
6204 Enable or disable the UI element.
6205 """
6206 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
6207
6208 def Show(*args, **kwargs):
6209 """
6210 Show(self, bool show)
6211
6212 Show or hide the UI element.
6213 """
6214 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
6215
6216 def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
6217 """
6218 SetText(self, String text)
6219
6220 Sets the text for this UI element.
6221 """
6222 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
6223
6224 def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6225 """
6226 SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6227
6228 Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6229 disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6230 default is 0.
6231
6232 Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6233 application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6234 greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6235 at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6236 about to be shown.
6237 """
6238 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6239
6240 SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
6241 def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6242 """
6243 GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6244
6245 Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6246 disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6247 """
6248 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6249
6250 GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
6251 def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6252 """
6253 CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6254
6255 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6256 to) this window.
6257
6258 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6259 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6260 events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6261 determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6262 this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6263 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6264 events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6265 that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6266 interval.
6267
6268 """
6269 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6270
6271 CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
6272 def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
6273 """
6274 ResetUpdateTime()
6275
6276 Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6277 is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6278 is called at the end of idle processing.
6279 """
6280 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
6281
6282 ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
6283 def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6284 """
6285 SetMode(int mode)
6286
6287 Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6288 to those which specify that they will process the events.
6289
6290 The mode may be one of the following values:
6291
6292 ============================= ==========================================
6293 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This
6294 is the default setting.
6295 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that
6296 have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6297 style set.
6298 ============================= ==========================================
6299
6300 """
6301 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6302
6303 SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6304 def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6305 """
6306 GetMode() -> int
6307
6308 Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6309 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6310 events.
6311 """
6312 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6313
6314 GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6315 Checked = property(GetChecked,Check,doc="See `GetChecked`")
6316 Enabled = property(GetEnabled,Enable,doc="See `GetEnabled`")
6317 Shown = property(GetShown,Show,doc="See `GetShown`")
6318 Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
6319 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
6320
6321 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
6322 """
6323 UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6324
6325 Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6326 disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6327 default is 0.
6328
6329 Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6330 application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6331 greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6332 at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6333 about to be shown.
6334 """
6335 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
6336
6337 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
6338 """
6339 UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6340
6341 Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6342 disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6343 """
6344 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
6345
6346 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
6347 """
6348 UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6349
6350 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6351 to) this window.
6352
6353 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6354 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6355 events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6356 determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6357 this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6358 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6359 events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6360 that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6361 interval.
6362
6363 """
6364 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
6365
6366 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
6367 """
6368 UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6369
6370 Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6371 is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6372 is called at the end of idle processing.
6373 """
6374 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
6375
6376 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6377 """
6378 UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6379
6380 Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6381 to those which specify that they will process the events.
6382
6383 The mode may be one of the following values:
6384
6385 ============================= ==========================================
6386 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This
6387 is the default setting.
6388 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that
6389 have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6390 style set.
6391 ============================= ==========================================
6392
6393 """
6394 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6395
6396 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
6397 """
6398 UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6399
6400 Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6401 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6402 events.
6403 """
6404 return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
6405
6406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6407
6408 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
6409 """
6410 This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6411 when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6412 panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6413
6414 The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6415 windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6416 intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6417 `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6418 pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6419
6420 """
6421 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6422 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6423 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6424 """
6425 __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6426
6427 Constructor
6428 """
6429 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6430 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
6431
6432 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6433
6434 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
6435 """
6436 An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6437 a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6438 `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6439 this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6440 releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6441
6442 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6443 """
6444 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6445 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6446 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6447 """
6448 __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6449
6450 Constructor
6451 """
6452 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6453 def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6454 """
6455 GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6456
6457 Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6458 non-wxWidgets window.
6459 """
6460 return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6461
6462 CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6463 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6464
6465 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6466
6467 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6468 """
6469 A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6470 capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6471 example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6472 the mouse.
6473
6474 If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6475 capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6476 didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6477 if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6478 ReleaseMouse.
6479
6480 This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6481
6482 """
6483 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6484 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6485 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6486 """
6487 __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6488
6489 A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6490 capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6491 example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6492 the mouse.
6493
6494 If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6495 capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6496 didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6497 if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6498 ReleaseMouse.
6499
6500 This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6501
6502 """
6503 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6504 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6505
6506 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6507
6508 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6509 """
6510 An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6511 resolution has changed.
6512
6513 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6514 """
6515 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6516 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6517 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6518 """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6519 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6520 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6521
6522 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6523
6524 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6525 """
6526 An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6527 changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6528 match.
6529
6530 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6531 """
6532 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6533 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6534 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6535 """
6536 __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6537
6538 An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6539 changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6540 match.
6541
6542 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6543 """
6544 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6545 def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6546 """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6547 return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6548
6549 def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6550 """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6551 return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6552
6553 ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6554 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6555
6556 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6557
6558 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6559 """
6560 An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6561 focus and should re-do its palette.
6562
6563 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6564 """
6565 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6566 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6567 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6568 """
6569 __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6570
6571 Constructor.
6572 """
6573 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6574 def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6575 """
6576 SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6577
6578 App should set this if it changes the palette.
6579 """
6580 return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6581
6582 def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6583 """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6584 return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6585
6586 PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6587 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6588
6589 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6590
6591 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6592 """
6593 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6594 widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal. You woudl normally not
6595 catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6596 appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6597 it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6598 the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6599 `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6600 """
6601 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6602 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6603 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6604 """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6605 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6606 def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6607 """
6608 GetDirection(self) -> bool
6609
6610 Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6611 """
6612 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6613
6614 def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6615 """
6616 SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6617
6618 Specify the direction that the navigation should take. Usually the
6619 difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6620 """
6621 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6622
6623 def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6624 """
6625 IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6626
6627 Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6628 """
6629 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6630
6631 def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6632 """
6633 SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6634
6635 Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6636 For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6637 by using Control-Tab.
6638 """
6639 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6640
6641 def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6642 """
6643 IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6644
6645 Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6646 key.
6647 """
6648 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6649
6650 def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6651 """
6652 SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6653
6654 Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6655 This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6656 """
6657 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6658
6659 def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6660 """
6661 SetFlags(self, long flags)
6662
6663 Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6664
6665 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6666 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6667 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6668 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6669
6670 """
6671 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6672
6673 def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6674 """
6675 GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6676
6677 Returns the child window which currenty has the focus. May be
6678 ``None``.
6679 """
6680 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6681
6682 def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6683 """
6684 SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6685
6686 Set the window that has the focus.
6687 """
6688 return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6689
6690 IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6691 IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6692 WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6693 FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6694 CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6695 Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6696 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6697
6698 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6699
6700 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6701 """
6702 The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6703 underlying GUI object) exists.
6704 """
6705 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6706 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6707 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6708 """
6709 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6710
6711 The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6712 underlying GUI object) exists.
6713 """
6714 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6715 def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6716 """
6717 GetWindow(self) -> Window
6718
6719 Returns the window that this event refers to.
6720 """
6721 return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6722
6723 Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6724 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6725
6726 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6727 """
6728 The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6729 when the GUI window is destroyed.
6730
6731 When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6732 have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6733 will not usually be received at all by the window itself. Since it is
6734 received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6735 handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6736 notification of the destruction of another window.
6737 """
6738 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6739 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6740 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6741 """
6742 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6743
6744 The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6745 when the GUI window is destroyed.
6746
6747 When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6748 have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6749 will not usually be received at all by the window itself. Since it is
6750 received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6751 handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6752 notification of the destruction of another window.
6753 """
6754 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6755 def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6756 """
6757 GetWindow(self) -> Window
6758
6759 Returns the window that this event refers to.
6760 """
6761 return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6762
6763 Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
6764 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6765
6766 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6767
6768 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6769 """
6770 This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6771 give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6772 """
6773 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6774 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6775 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6776 """
6777 __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6778
6779 Constructor.
6780 """
6781 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6782 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6783 """
6784 GetPosition(self) -> Point
6785
6786 Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6787 be shown.
6788 """
6789 return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6790
6791 def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6792 """
6793 SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6794
6795 Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6796 """
6797 return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6798
6799 Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6800 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6801
6802 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6803
6804 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6805 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6806 class IdleEvent(Event):
6807 """
6808 This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6809 when the application *becomes* idle. In other words, the when the
6810 event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6811 default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6812 no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6813 events and then becomes empty again.
6814
6815 By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6816 significant overhead in your application, you can call
6817 `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6818 set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6819 which should receive idle events. Then idle events will only be sent
6820 to those windows and not to any others.
6821 """
6822 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6823 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6824 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6825 """
6826 __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6827
6828 Constructor
6829 """
6830 _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6831 def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6832 """
6833 RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6834
6835 Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6836 called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6837 application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6838 application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6839 EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6840 loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6841 system.
6842 """
6843 return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6844
6845 def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6846 """
6847 MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6848
6849 Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6850 requested more processing time.
6851 """
6852 return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6853
6854 def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6855 """
6856 SetMode(int mode)
6857
6858 Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6859 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6860 events.
6861
6862 The mode can be one of the following values:
6863
6864 ========================= ========================================
6865 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows
6866 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have
6867 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6868 flag set.
6869 ========================= ========================================
6870
6871 """
6872 return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6873
6874 SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6875 def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6876 """
6877 GetMode() -> int
6878
6879 Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6880 idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6881 will process the events.
6882 """
6883 return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6884
6885 GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6886 def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6887 """
6888 CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6889
6890 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6891 window.
6892
6893 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6894 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6895 events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6896 return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6897 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6898 to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6899 """
6900 return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6901
6902 CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6903 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6904
6905 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6906 """
6907 IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6908
6909 Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6910 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6911 events.
6912
6913 The mode can be one of the following values:
6914
6915 ========================= ========================================
6916 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows
6917 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have
6918 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6919 flag set.
6920 ========================= ========================================
6921
6922 """
6923 return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6924
6925 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6926 """
6927 IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6928
6929 Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6930 idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6931 will process the events.
6932 """
6933 return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6934
6935 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6936 """
6937 IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6938
6939 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6940 window.
6941
6942 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6943 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6944 events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6945 return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6946 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6947 to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6948 """
6949 return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6950
6951 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6952
6953 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6954 """
6955 A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6956 copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6957 from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6958 popup menu command, etc. NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6959 generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6960 """
6961 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6962 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6963 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6964 """
6965 __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6966
6967 A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6968 copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6969 from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6970 popup menu command, etc. NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6971 generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6972 """
6973 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6974 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6975
6976 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6977
6978 class PyEvent(Event):
6979 """
6980 wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6981 types in Python. You should derived from this class instead of
6982 `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6983 its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6984 them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6985
6986 :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6987
6988 """
6989 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6990 __repr__ = _swig_repr
6991 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6992 """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6993 _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6994 self._SetSelf(self)
6995
6996 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6997 __del__ = lambda self : None;
6998 def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6999 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
7000 return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7001
7002 def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7003 """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7004 return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7005
7006 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
7007
7008 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
7009 """
7010 wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
7011 event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
7012 windows looking for a handler. You should derived from this class
7013 instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
7014 able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
7015 system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
7016
7017 :see: `wx.PyEvent`
7018
7019 """
7020 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7021 __repr__ = _swig_repr
7022 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7023 """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
7024 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7025 self._SetSelf(self)
7026
7027 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
7028 __del__ = lambda self : None;
7029 def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7030 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
7031 return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7032
7033 def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
7034 """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
7035 return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
7036
7037 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
7038
7039 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
7040 """
7041 This event class holds information about a date change event and is
7042 used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
7043 for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`. Bind these event types with
7044 EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
7045 """
7046 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7047 __repr__ = _swig_repr
7048 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7049 """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
7050 _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
7051 def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7052 """
7053 GetDate(self) -> DateTime
7054
7055 Returns the date.
7056 """
7057 return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7058
7059 def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
7060 """
7061 SetDate(self, DateTime date)
7062
7063 Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
7064 internally.
7065 """
7066 return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
7067
7068 Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
7069 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
7070
7071 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
7072 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
7073
7074 class EventBlocker(EvtHandler):
7075 """Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window."""
7076 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7077 __repr__ = _swig_repr
7078 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7079 """
7080 __init__(self, Window win, EventType type=wxEVT_ANY) -> EventBlocker
7081
7082 Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window.
7083 """
7084 _core_.EventBlocker_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventBlocker(*args, **kwargs))
7085 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventBlocker
7086 __del__ = lambda self : None;
7087 def Block(*args, **kwargs):
7088 """Block(self, EventType type)"""
7089 return _core_.EventBlocker_Block(*args, **kwargs)
7090
7091 _core_.EventBlocker_swigregister(EventBlocker)
7092
7093 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7094
7095 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
7096 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
7097 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
7098 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
7099 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
7100 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
7101 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
7102 """
7103 The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
7104 `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
7105 """
7106 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7107 __repr__ = _swig_repr
7108 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7109 """
7110 __init__(self) -> PyApp
7111
7112 Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7113 """
7114 _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
7115 self._setOORInfo(self, False);PyApp._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyApp)
7116
7117 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
7118 __del__ = lambda self : None;
7119 def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
7120 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)"""
7121 return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
7122
7123 def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7124 """
7125 GetAppName(self) -> String
7126
7127 Get the application name.
7128 """
7129 return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7130
7131 def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
7132 """
7133 SetAppName(self, String name)
7134
7135 Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7136 `wx.Config` and such.
7137 """
7138 return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
7139
7140 def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7141 """
7142 GetClassName(self) -> String
7143
7144 Get the application's class name.
7145 """
7146 return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7147
7148 def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
7149 """
7150 SetClassName(self, String name)
7151
7152 Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7153 X-resources if applicable for the platform
7154 """
7155 return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
7156
7157 def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7158 """
7159 GetVendorName(self) -> String
7160
7161 Get the application's vendor name.
7162 """
7163 return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7164
7165 def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
7166 """
7167 SetVendorName(self, String name)
7168
7169 Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7170 automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7171 """
7172 return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
7173
7174 def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
7175 """
7176 GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7177
7178 Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7179 delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7180 user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7181 CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7182 GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7183 differences behind the common facade.
7184
7185 :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7186 """
7187 return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
7188
7189 def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7190 """
7191 ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7192
7193 Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7194 call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7195 during each event loop iteration.
7196 """
7197 return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7198
7199 def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
7200 """
7201 Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7202
7203 Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7204 until return to the event loop. It is an error to call ``Yield``
7205 recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7206
7207 :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7208 reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7209 result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7210 extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7211
7212 :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7213
7214 """
7215 return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
7216
7217 def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7218 """
7219 WakeUpIdle(self)
7220
7221 Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7222 :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7223 """
7224 return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7225
7226 def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7227 """
7228 IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7229
7230 Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7231 currently be dispatched.
7232 """
7233 return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7234
7235 IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
7236 def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7237 """
7238 MainLoop(self) -> int
7239
7240 Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7241 all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7242 """
7243 return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7244
7245 def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7246 """
7247 Exit(self)
7248
7249 Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7250 :see: `wx.Exit`
7251 """
7252 return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7253
7254 def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7255 """
7256 GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7257
7258 Return the layout direction for the current locale.
7259 """
7260 return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7261
7262 def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
7263 """
7264 ExitMainLoop(self)
7265
7266 Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7267 loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7268 """
7269 return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
7270
7271 def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7272 """
7273 Pending(self) -> bool
7274
7275 Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7276 """
7277 return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7278
7279 def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7280 """
7281 Dispatch(self) -> bool
7282
7283 Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7284 appears if there are none currently)
7285 """
7286 return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7287
7288 def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
7289 """
7290 ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7291
7292 Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7293 no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7294 parties. Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7295 """
7296 return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
7297
7298 def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
7299 """
7300 SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7301
7302 Send idle event to window and all subwindows. Returns True if more
7303 idle time is requested.
7304 """
7305 return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
7306
7307 def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
7308 """
7309 IsActive(self) -> bool
7310
7311 Return True if our app has focus.
7312 """
7313 return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
7314
7315 def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7316 """
7317 SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7318
7319 Set the *main* top level window
7320 """
7321 return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7322
7323 def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
7324 """
7325 GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7326
7327 Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7328 with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7329 there not any, will return None)
7330 """
7331 return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
7332
7333 def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7334 """
7335 SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7336
7337 Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7338 loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7339 window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7340 SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7341 explicitly from somewhere.
7342 """
7343 return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7344
7345 def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
7346 """
7347 GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7348
7349 Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7350 """
7351 return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
7352
7353 def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7354 """
7355 SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False)
7356
7357 Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7358 systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7359 """
7360 return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7361
7362 def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
7363 """
7364 GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7365
7366 Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7367 """
7368 return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
7369
7370 def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7371 """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7372 return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7373
7374 def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
7375 """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7376 return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
7377
7378 def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7379 """
7380 SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7381
7382 Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7383 """
7384 return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7385
7386 def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
7387 """
7388 GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7389
7390 Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7391 """
7392 return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
7393
7394 def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7395 """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7396 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7397
7398 GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7399 def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7400 """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7401 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7402
7403 GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7404 def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7405 """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7406 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7407
7408 GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7409 def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7410 """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7411 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7412
7413 GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
7414 def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7415 """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7416 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7417
7418 GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7419 def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7420 """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7421 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7422
7423 SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
7424 def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7425 """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7426 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7427
7428 SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
7429 def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7430 """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7431 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7432
7433 SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
7434 def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7435 """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7436 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7437
7438 SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
7439 def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7440 """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7441 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7442
7443 SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
7444 def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
7445 """
7446 _BootstrapApp(self)
7447
7448 For internal use only
7449 """
7450 return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
7451
7452 def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
7453 """
7454 GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7455
7456 Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7457 it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7458 """
7459 return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7460
7461 GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7462 def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7463 """
7464 IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7465
7466 Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7467 This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7468
7469 * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7470 not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7471 if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7472
7473 * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7474 able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7475 remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7476 of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7477
7478 * On MS Windows...
7479
7480 """
7481 return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7482
7483 IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7484 AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7485 AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7486 ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7487 ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7488 LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7489 PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7490 TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7491 Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7492 UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7493 VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7494 Active = property(IsActive)
7495 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7496
7497 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7498 """
7499 PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7500
7501 Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7502 currently be dispatched.
7503 """
7504 return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7505
7506 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7507 """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7508 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7509
7510 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7511 """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7512 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7513
7514 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7515 """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7516 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7517
7518 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7519 """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7520 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7521
7522 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7523 """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7524 return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7525
7526 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7527 """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7528 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7529
7530 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7531 """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7532 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7533
7534 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7535 """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7536 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7537
7538 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7539 """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7540 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7541
7542 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7543 """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7544 return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7545
7546 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7547 """
7548 PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7549
7550 Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7551 it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7552 """
7553 return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7554
7555 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7556 """
7557 PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7558
7559 Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7560 This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7561
7562 * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7563 not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7564 if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7565
7566 * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7567 able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7568 remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7569 of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7570
7571 * On MS Windows...
7572
7573 """
7574 return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7575
7576 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7577
7578
7579 def Exit(*args):
7580 """
7581 Exit()
7582
7583 Force an exit of the application. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7584 """
7585 return _core_.Exit(*args)
7586
7587 def Yield(*args):
7588 """
7589 Yield() -> bool
7590
7591 Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7592 """
7593 return _core_.Yield(*args)
7594
7595 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7596 """
7597 YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7598
7599 Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7600 """
7601 return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7602
7603 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7604 """
7605 SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7606
7607 This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7608 user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7609 re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7610 will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7611 interaction.
7612
7613 :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7614 """
7615 return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7616
7617 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7618 """
7619 WakeUpIdle()
7620
7621 Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7622 sent.
7623 """
7624 return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7625
7626 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7627 """
7628 PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7629
7630 Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7631 later.
7632 """
7633 return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7634
7635 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7636 """
7637 App_CleanUp()
7638
7639 For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7640 Python shuts down.
7641 """
7642 return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7643
7644 def GetApp(*args):
7645 """
7646 GetApp() -> PyApp
7647
7648 Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7649 """
7650 return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7651
7652 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7653 """
7654 SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7655
7656 Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7657 Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7658
7659 The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7660 but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7661 may be slightly different on different platforms. For example, please
7662 see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7663 between the common latin/roman encodings.
7664 """
7665 return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7666
7667 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7668 """
7669 GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7670
7671 Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7672 convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7673 """
7674 return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7675 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7676
7677 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7678 """
7679 A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7680 stderr streams. It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7681 the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7682 and write the text there.
7683 """
7684 def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7685 self.frame = None
7686 self.title = title
7687 self.pos = wx.DefaultPosition
7688 self.size = (450, 300)
7689 self.parent = None
7690
7691 def SetParent(self, parent):
7692 """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7693 self.parent = parent
7694
7695
7696 def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7697 self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7698 style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7699 self.text = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7700 style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7701 self.text.AppendText(st)
7702 self.frame.Show(True)
7703 self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7704
7705
7706 def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7707 if self.frame is not None:
7708 self.frame.Destroy()
7709 self.frame = None
7710 self.text = None
7711
7712
7713 # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7714 def write(self, text):
7715 """
7716 Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7717 If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7718 CallAfter to do the work there.
7719 """
7720 if self.frame is None:
7721 if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7722 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7723 else:
7724 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7725 else:
7726 if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7727 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7728 else:
7729 self.text.AppendText(text)
7730
7731
7732 def close(self):
7733 if self.frame is not None:
7734 wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7735
7736
7737 def flush(self):
7738 pass
7739
7740
7741
7742 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7743
7744 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7745
7746 class App(wx.PyApp):
7747 """
7748 The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7749
7750 * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7751 gui toolkit
7752 * set and get application-wide properties
7753 * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7754 and to dispatch events to window instances
7755 * etc.
7756
7757 Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7758 creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7759 ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7760 platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7761
7762 Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7763 ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7764 ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7765
7766 :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7767 directly.
7768 """
7769
7770 outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7771
7772 def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7773 useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7774 """
7775 Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7776
7777 :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7778 redirected? Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7779 otherwise. If ``filename`` is None then output will be
7780 redirected to a window that pops up as needed. (You can
7781 control what kind of window is created for the output by
7782 resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7783 class of your choosing.)
7784
7785 :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7786 redirect is True.
7787
7788 :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7789 available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7790 systems that have more than one visual.) This parameter
7791 must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7792 on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7793 toolkit is initialized.
7794
7795 :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared? This allows the
7796 app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7797 GUI apps will.
7798
7799 :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7800 initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7801 wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7802 """
7803
7804 wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7805
7806 # make sure we can create a GUI
7807 if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7808
7809 if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7810 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7811 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7812 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7813
7814 elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7815 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7816
7817 else:
7818 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7819 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7820
7821 raise SystemExit(msg)
7822
7823 # This has to be done before OnInit
7824 self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7825
7826 # Set the default handler for SIGINT. This fixes a problem
7827 # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7828 # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7829 # KeyboardInterrupt???) but will later segfault on exit. By
7830 # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7831 # expected (depending on platform.)
7832 if clearSigInt:
7833 try:
7834 import signal
7835 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7836 except:
7837 pass
7838
7839 # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7840 self.stdioWin = None
7841 self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7842 if redirect:
7843 self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7844
7845 # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7846 wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7847
7848 # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one.
7849 wx.SystemOptions.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1)
7850
7851 # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7852 # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7853 self._BootstrapApp()
7854
7855
7856 def OnPreInit(self):
7857 """
7858 Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7859 thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7860 that OnInit is called.
7861 """
7862 wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7863
7864
7865 def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7866 self.RestoreStdio() # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7867 destroy(self)
7868
7869 def Destroy(self):
7870 self.this.own(False)
7871 wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7872
7873 def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7874 """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7875 if self.stdioWin:
7876 self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7877 wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7878
7879
7880 def MainLoop(self):
7881 """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7882 wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7883 self.RestoreStdio()
7884
7885
7886 def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7887 """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7888 if filename:
7889 _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7890 else:
7891 self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7892 _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7893
7894
7895 def RestoreStdio(self):
7896 try:
7897 _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7898 except:
7899 pass
7900
7901
7902 def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7903 """
7904 Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7905 the stdio has been redirected. This should be called before
7906 any output would cause the output window to be created.
7907 """
7908 if self.stdioWin:
7909 if title is not None:
7910 self.stdioWin.title = title
7911 if pos is not None:
7912 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7913 if size is not None:
7914 self.stdioWin.size = size
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7920 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7921 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7922 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7923 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7924 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7925 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7926 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7927 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7928 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7929 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7930 App_GetComCtl32Version = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7931
7932 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7933
7934 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7935 """
7936 A simple application class. You can just create one of these and
7937 then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7938 about OnInit. For example::
7939
7940 app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7941 frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7942 frame.Show()
7943 app.MainLoop()
7944
7945 :see: `wx.App`
7946 """
7947
7948 def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7949 useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7950 """
7951 :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7952 """
7953 wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7954
7955 def OnInit(self):
7956 return True
7957
7958
7959
7960 # Is anybody using this one?
7961 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7962 def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7963 self.size = size
7964 wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7965
7966 def OnInit(self):
7967 self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7968 self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7969 return True
7970
7971 def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7972 w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7973 self.frame.Show(True)
7974
7975 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7976 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object. This is how we
7977 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding. When
7978 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7979 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7980
7981 class __wxPyCleanup:
7982 def __init__(self):
7983 self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7984 def __del__(self):
7985 self.cleanup()
7986
7987 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7988
7989 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7990 ## import atexit
7991 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7992
7993
7994 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7995
7996 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7997
7998 class EventLoop(object):
7999 """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
8000 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8001 __repr__ = _swig_repr
8002 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8003 """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
8004 _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
8005 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
8006 __del__ = lambda self : None;
8007 def Run(*args, **kwargs):
8008 """Run(self) -> int"""
8009 return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
8010
8011 def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
8012 """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
8013 return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
8014
8015 def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
8016 """Pending(self) -> bool"""
8017 return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
8018
8019 def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
8020 """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
8021 return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
8022
8023 def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
8024 """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
8025 return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
8026
8027 def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8028 """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8029 return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8030
8031 GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
8032 def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8033 """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8034 return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8035
8036 SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
8037 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
8038
8039 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
8040 """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
8041 return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
8042
8043 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
8044 """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
8045 return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
8046
8047 class EventLoopActivator(object):
8048 """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
8049 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8050 __repr__ = _swig_repr
8051 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8052 """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
8053 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
8054 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
8055 __del__ = lambda self : None;
8056 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
8057
8058 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8059
8060 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
8061 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
8062 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
8063 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
8064 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
8065 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
8066 """
8067 A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`. wxPython
8068 programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
8069 list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
8070 as well. See `__init__` for of the tuple values.
8071
8072 :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
8073 """
8074 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8075 __repr__ = _swig_repr
8076 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8077 """
8078 __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
8079
8080 Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8081 """
8082 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
8083 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
8084 __del__ = lambda self : None;
8085 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
8086 """
8087 Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
8088
8089 (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
8090 :see `__init__`
8091 """
8092 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
8093
8094 def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8095 """
8096 Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8097
8098 Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8099 it coulnd't be parsed.
8100 """
8101 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8102
8103 Create = staticmethod(Create)
8104 def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
8105 """
8106 GetFlags(self) -> int
8107
8108 Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
8109 """
8110 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
8111
8112 def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
8113 """
8114 GetKeyCode(self) -> int
8115
8116 Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
8117 """
8118 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
8119
8120 def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
8121 """
8122 GetCommand(self) -> int
8123
8124 Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
8125 """
8126 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
8127
8128 def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8129 """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8130 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8131
8132 def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
8133 """
8134 ToString(self) -> String
8135
8136 Returns a string representation for the this accelerator. The string
8137 is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
8138 hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
8139
8140 """
8141 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
8142
8143 def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
8144 """
8145 FromString(self, String str) -> bool
8146
8147 Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
8148 """
8149 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
8150
8151 Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
8152 Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
8153 KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
8154 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
8155
8156 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
8157 """
8158 AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
8159
8160 Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
8161 it coulnd't be parsed.
8162 """
8163 return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8164
8165 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
8166 """
8167 An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
8168 keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
8169 button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
8170 supported.
8171 """
8172 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8173 __repr__ = _swig_repr
8174 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8175 """
8176 __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
8177
8178 Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8179 items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
8180
8181 :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
8182 """
8183 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
8184 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
8185 __del__ = lambda self : None;
8186 def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
8187 """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
8188 return _core_.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
8189
8190 Ok = IsOk
8191 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
8192
8193 def GetAccelFromString(label):
8194 entry = AcceleratorEntry()
8195 entry.FromString(label)
8196 return entry
8197
8198 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8199
8200 class VisualAttributes(object):
8201 """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8202 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8203 __repr__ = _swig_repr
8204 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8205 """
8206 __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8207
8208 struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8209 """
8210 _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
8211 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
8212 __del__ = lambda self : None;
8213 def _get_font(*args, **kwargs):
8214 """_get_font(self) -> Font"""
8215 return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_font(*args, **kwargs)
8216
8217 def _get_colFg(*args, **kwargs):
8218 """_get_colFg(self) -> Colour"""
8219 return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colFg(*args, **kwargs)
8220
8221 def _get_colBg(*args, **kwargs):
8222 """_get_colBg(self) -> Colour"""
8223 return _core_.VisualAttributes__get_colBg(*args, **kwargs)
8224
8225 font = property(_get_font)
8226 colFg = property(_get_colFg)
8227 colBg = property(_get_colBg)
8228 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
8229 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
8230 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
8231
8232 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8233 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8234 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8235 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8236 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8237 class Window(EvtHandler):
8238 """
8239 wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8240 object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8241 wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8242 appear on screen themselves.
8243
8244 """
8245 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
8246 __repr__ = _swig_repr
8247 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
8248 """
8249 __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8250 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8251
8252 Construct and show a generic Window.
8253 """
8254 _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
8255 self._setOORInfo(self)
8256
8257 def Create(*args, **kwargs):
8258 """
8259 Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8260 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8261
8262 Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8263 """
8264 return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
8265
8266 def Close(*args, **kwargs):
8267 """
8268 Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8269
8270 This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8271 tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8272 however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8273 handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8274 """
8275 return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
8276
8277 def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
8278 """
8279 Destroy(self) -> bool
8280
8281 Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8282 immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8283 of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8284 have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8285 non-existent windows.
8286
8287 Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8288 has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8289 """
8290 args[0].this.own(False)
8291 return _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
8292
8293 def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8294 """
8295 DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8296
8297 Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8298 destructor.
8299 """
8300 return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8301
8302 def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
8303 """
8304 IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8305
8306 Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8307 """
8308 return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
8309
8310 def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8311 """
8312 SetLabel(self, String label)
8313
8314 Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8315 """
8316 return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8317
8318 def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
8319 """
8320 GetLabel(self) -> String
8321
8322 Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8323 purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8324 class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8325 buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8326 can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8327 access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8328 """
8329 return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
8330
8331 def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
8332 """
8333 SetName(self, String name)
8334
8335 Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting
8336 in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8337 """
8338 return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
8339
8340 def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
8341 """
8342 GetName(self) -> String
8343
8344 Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8345 it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8346 constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8347 """
8348 return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
8349
8350 def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8351 """
8352 SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8353
8354 Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8355 the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8356 """
8357 return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8358
8359 def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
8360 """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8361 return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
8362
8363 def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
8364 """
8365 SetId(self, int winid)
8366
8367 Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer
8368 identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8369 will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8370 creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8371 """
8372 return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
8373
8374 def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
8375 """
8376 GetId(self) -> int
8377
8378 Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer
8379 identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8380 -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8381 generated.
8382 """
8383 return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
8384
8385 def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8386 """
8387 NewControlId() -> int
8388
8389 Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8390 """
8391 return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8392
8393 NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
8394 def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8395 """
8396 NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8397
8398 Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8399 autogenerated) id
8400 """
8401 return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8402
8403 NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
8404 def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
8405 """
8406 PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8407
8408 Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8409 autogenerated) id
8410 """
8411 return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
8412
8413 PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
8414 def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8415 """
8416 GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
8417
8418 Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns
8419 ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
8420 """
8421 return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8422
8423 def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8424 """
8425 SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
8426
8427 Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
8428 """
8429 return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8430
8431 def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
8432 """
8433 AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
8434
8435 Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
8436 mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
8437 """
8438 return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
8439
8440 def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8441 """
8442 SetSize(self, Size size)
8443
8444 Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8445 """
8446 return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8447
8448 def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
8449 """
8450 SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8451
8452 Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags
8453 parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8454 equal to -1.
8455
8456 ======================== ======================================
8457 wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8458 default should be used.
8459 wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if
8460 -1 values are supplied.
8461 wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8462 interpreted as real dimensions, not
8463 default values.
8464 ======================== ======================================
8465
8466 """
8467 return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
8468
8469 def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8470 """
8471 SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8472
8473 Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8474 """
8475 return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8476
8477 def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8478 """
8479 SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8480
8481 Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8482 """
8483 return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8484
8485 def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8486 """
8487 Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8488
8489 Moves the window to the given position.
8490 """
8491 return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8492
8493 SetPosition = Move
8494 def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8495 """
8496 MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8497
8498 Moves the window to the given position.
8499 """
8500 return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8501
8502 def SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs):
8503 """
8504 SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8505
8506 A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8507 window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8508 """
8509 return _core_.Window_SetInitialSize(*args, **kwargs)
8510
8511 SetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(SetInitialSize, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')
8512 def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8513 """
8514 Raise(self)
8515
8516 Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current
8517 version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8518 """
8519 return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8520
8521 def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8522 """
8523 Lower(self)
8524
8525 Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current
8526 version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.
8527 """
8528 return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8529
8530 def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8531 """
8532 SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8533
8534 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8535 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8536 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8537 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8538 around panel items, for example.
8539 """
8540 return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8541
8542 def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8543 """
8544 SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8545
8546 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8547 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8548 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8549 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8550 around panel items, for example.
8551 """
8552 return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8553
8554 def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8555 """
8556 SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8557
8558 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8559 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8560 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8561 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8562 around panel items, for example.
8563 """
8564 return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8565
8566 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8567 """
8568 GetPosition(self) -> Point
8569
8570 Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client
8571 coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8572 ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8573 kinds of windows.
8574 """
8575 return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8576
8577 def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8578 """
8579 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8580
8581 Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client
8582 coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8583 ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8584 kinds of windows.
8585 """
8586 return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8587
8588 def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8589 """
8590 GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8591
8592 Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8593 """
8594 return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8595
8596 def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8597 """
8598 GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8599
8600 Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8601 """
8602 return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8603
8604 def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8605 """
8606 GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8607
8608 Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8609 a `wx.Rect` object.
8610 """
8611 return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8612
8613 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8614 """
8615 GetSize(self) -> Size
8616
8617 Get the window size.
8618 """
8619 return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8620
8621 def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8622 """
8623 GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8624
8625 Get the window size.
8626 """
8627 return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8628
8629 def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8630 """
8631 GetRect(self) -> Rect
8632
8633 Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8634 """
8635 return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8636
8637 def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8638 """
8639 GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8640
8641 This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8642 area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8643 title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8644 """
8645 return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8646
8647 def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8648 """
8649 GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8650
8651 This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8652 area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8653 title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8654 """
8655 return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8656
8657 def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8658 """
8659 GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8660
8661 Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8662 window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8663 the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8664 """
8665 return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8666
8667 def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8668 """
8669 GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8670
8671 Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8672 """
8673 return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8674
8675 def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8676 """
8677 GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8678
8679 This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8680 window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8681 be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8682 windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8683 this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8684 after calling Fit.
8685 """
8686 return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8687
8688 def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8689 """
8690 GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8691
8692 This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8693 window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8694 be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8695 windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8696 this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8697 after calling Fit.
8698 """
8699 return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8700
8701 def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8702 """
8703 InvalidateBestSize(self)
8704
8705 Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8706 time it is needed.
8707 """
8708 return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8709
8710 def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8711 """
8712 CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8713
8714 Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8715 some properties of the window change.)
8716 """
8717 return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8718
8719 def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8720 """
8721 GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size
8722
8723 This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8724 minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8725 the results.
8726
8727 """
8728 return _core_.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8729
8730 GetBestFittingSize = wx._deprecated(GetEffectiveMinSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8731 def GetAdjustedBestSize(self):
8732 s = self.GetBestSize()
8733 return wx.Size(max(s.width, self.GetMinWidth()),
8734 max(s.height, self.GetMinHeight()))
8735 GetAdjustedBestSize = wx._deprecated(GetAdjustedBestSize, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')
8736
8737 def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8738 """
8739 Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8740
8741 Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for
8742 cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8743 also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8744 on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a
8745 top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8746 relative to the screen.
8747 """
8748 return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8749
8750 Centre = Center
8751 def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8752 """
8753 CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8754
8755 Center with respect to the the parent window
8756 """
8757 return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8758
8759 CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8760 def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8761 """
8762 Fit(self)
8763
8764 Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8765 won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8766 correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8767 window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8768 is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8769 its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8770 instead of calling Fit.
8771 """
8772 return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774 def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8775 """
8776 FitInside(self)
8777
8778 Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8779 window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8780 sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8781 windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8782 anything if there are no subwindows.
8783 """
8784 return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8785
8786 def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8787 """
8788 SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8789 int incH=-1)
8790
8791 Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8792 size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8793 default values will be used. If this function is called, the user
8794 will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8795 a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8796 and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8797
8798 The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8799 """
8800 return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8801
8802 def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8803 """
8804 SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8805
8806 Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8807 size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8808 default values will be used. If this function is called, the user
8809 will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8810 a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8811 and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8812
8813 The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8814 """
8815 return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8816
8817 def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8818 """
8819 SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8820
8821 Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8822 pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8823 used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8824 the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8825 """
8826 return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8827
8828 def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8829 """
8830 SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8831
8832 Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8833 pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8834 used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8835 the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8836 """
8837 return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8838
8839 def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8840 """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8841 return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8842
8843 def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8844 """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8845 return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8846
8847 def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8848 """
8849 SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8850
8851 A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8852 min size.
8853 """
8854 return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8855
8856 def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8857 """
8858 SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8859
8860 A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8861 max size.
8862 """
8863 return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8864
8865 def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8866 """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8867 return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8868
8869 def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8870 """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8871 return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8872
8873 def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8874 """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8875 return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8876
8877 def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8878 """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8879 return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8880
8881 def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8882 """
8883 SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8884
8885 Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this
8886 is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8887 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8888 """
8889 return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8890
8891 def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8892 """
8893 SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8894
8895 Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this
8896 is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8897 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8898 """
8899 return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8900
8901 def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8902 """
8903 GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8904
8905 Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows
8906 this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8907 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8908 """
8909 return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8910
8911 def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8912 """
8913 GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8914
8915 Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows
8916 this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8917 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8918 """
8919 return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8920
8921 def GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs):
8922 """
8923 GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size
8924
8925 Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.
8926 """
8927 return _core_.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args, **kwargs)
8928
8929 def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8930 """
8931 GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8932
8933 Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8934 sizer, interior children, or other means)
8935 """
8936 return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8937
8938 def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8939 """
8940 Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8941
8942 Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8943 window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8944 Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if
8945 the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8946 because it already was in the requested state.
8947 """
8948 return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8949
8950 def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8951 """
8952 Hide(self) -> bool
8953
8954 Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8955 """
8956 return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8957
8958 def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8959 """
8960 Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8961
8962 Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8963 window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8964 are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window
8965 has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8966 window had already been in the specified state.
8967 """
8968 return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8969
8970 def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8971 """
8972 Disable(self) -> bool
8973
8974 Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8975 """
8976 return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8977
8978 def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8979 """
8980 IsShown(self) -> bool
8981
8982 Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8983 """
8984 return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8985
8986 def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8987 """
8988 IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8989
8990 Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8991 This method takes into account the enabled state of parent windows up
8992 to the top-level window.
8993 """
8994 return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8995
8996 def IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8997 """
8998 IsThisEnabled(self) -> bool
8999
9000 Returns the internal enabled state independent of the parent(s) state,
9001 i.e. the state in which the window would be if all of its parents are
9002 enabled. Use `IsEnabled` to get the effective window state.
9003 """
9004 return _core_.Window_IsThisEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9005
9006 def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9007 """
9008 IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
9009
9010 Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
9011 i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
9012 shown as well.
9013 """
9014 return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016 def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9017 """
9018 SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
9019
9020 Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
9021 changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
9022 called after changing the others for the change to take place
9023 immediately.
9024 """
9025 return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9026
9027 def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9028 """
9029 GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
9030
9031 Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
9032 method.
9033 """
9034 return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9035
9036 SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
9037 def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
9038 """
9039 HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
9040
9041 Test if the given style is set for this window.
9042 """
9043 return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
9044
9045 def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
9046 """
9047 IsRetained(self) -> bool
9048
9049 Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained
9050 windows are only available on X platforms.
9051 """
9052 return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
9053
9054 def ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9055 """
9056 ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool
9057
9058 Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
9059 returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.
9060 """
9061 return _core_.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9062
9063 def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9064 """
9065 SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
9066
9067 Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less
9068 often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
9069 SetWindowStyleFlag()
9070 """
9071 return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9072
9073 def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9074 """
9075 GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
9076
9077 Returns the extra style bits for the window.
9078 """
9079 return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9080
9081 def HasExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9082 """
9083 HasExtraStyle(self, int exFlag) -> bool
9084
9085 Returns ``True`` if the given extra flag is set.
9086 """
9087 return _core_.Window_HasExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9088
9089 def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
9090 """
9091 MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
9092
9093 Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
9094 only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this
9095 effect.
9096 """
9097 return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
9098
9099 def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9100 """
9101 SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
9102
9103 This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
9104 code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
9105 drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
9106 the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
9107 GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
9108 user's selected theme.
9109
9110 Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
9111 by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
9112 """
9113 return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9114
9115 def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9116 """
9117 GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
9118
9119 Return the themeEnabled flag.
9120 """
9121 return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9122
9123 def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9124 """
9125 SetFocus(self)
9126
9127 Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
9128 """
9129 return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9130
9131 def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
9132 """
9133 SetFocusFromKbd(self)
9134
9135 Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally
9136 only called internally.
9137 """
9138 return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
9139
9140 def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9141 """
9142 FindFocus() -> Window
9143
9144 Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9145 or None.
9146 """
9147 return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9148
9149 FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
9150 def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9151 """
9152 AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
9153
9154 Can this window have focus?
9155 """
9156 return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9157
9158 def CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9159 """
9160 CanAcceptFocus(self) -> bool
9161
9162 Can this window have focus right now?
9163 """
9164 return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9165
9166 def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9167 """
9168 AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9169
9170 Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
9171 only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
9172 it.
9173 """
9174 return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9175
9176 def CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
9177 """
9178 CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
9179
9180 Can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now?
9181 """
9182 return _core_.Window_CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
9183
9184 def SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs):
9185 """SetCanFocus(self, bool canFocus)"""
9186 return _core_.Window_SetCanFocus(*args, **kwargs)
9187
9188 def NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs):
9189 """
9190 NavigateIn(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9191
9192 Navigates inside this window.
9193 """
9194 return _core_.Window_NavigateIn(*args, **kwargs)
9195
9196 def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
9197 """
9198 Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
9199
9200 Does keyboard navigation starting from this window to another. This is
9201 equivalient to self.GetParent().NavigateIn().
9202 """
9203 return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
9204
9205 def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9206 """
9207 MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9208
9209 Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
9210 sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
9211 that other window, the focus switches to this window.
9212
9213 The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function
9214 and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
9215 windows.
9216
9217 """
9218 return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9219
9220 def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
9221 """
9222 MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
9223
9224 Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
9225 before win instead of putting it right after it.
9226 """
9227 return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
9228
9229 def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
9230 """
9231 GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
9232
9233 Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a
9234 copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
9235 value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
9236 do not change.
9237 """
9238 return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
9239
9240 def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
9241 """
9242 GetParent(self) -> Window
9243
9244 Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
9245 """
9246 return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
9247
9248 def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
9249 """
9250 GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
9251
9252 Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
9253 isn't one.
9254 """
9255 return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
9256
9257 def GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs):
9258 """
9259 GetTopLevelParent(self) -> Window
9260
9261 Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.
9262 """
9263 return _core_.Window_GetTopLevelParent(*args, **kwargs)
9264
9265 def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
9266 """
9267 IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
9268
9269 Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
9270 frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
9271 if they have a parent window).
9272 """
9273 return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
9274
9275 def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
9276 """
9277 Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9278
9279 Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9280 parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9281 re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True
9282 if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9283 oldParent)
9284 """
9285 return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
9286
9287 def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
9288 """
9289 AddChild(self, Window child)
9290
9291 Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9292 functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9293 """
9294 return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
9295
9296 def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
9297 """
9298 RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9299
9300 Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9301 deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9302 programmer.
9303 """
9304 return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
9305
9306 def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9307 """
9308 SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
9309
9310 Currently wxGTK2 only.
9311 """
9312 return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9313
9314 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9315 """
9316 FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9317
9318 Find a chld of this window by window ID
9319 """
9320 return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9321
9322 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9323 """
9324 FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9325
9326 Find a child of this window by name
9327 """
9328 return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9329
9330 def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9331 """
9332 GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9333
9334 Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9335 its own event handler.
9336 """
9337 return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9338
9339 def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9340 """
9341 SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9342
9343 Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object
9344 that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other
9345 words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By
9346 default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
9347 wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
9348 implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
9349 classes.
9350
9351 It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9352 up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9353 handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
9354 """
9355 return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9356
9357 def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9358 """
9359 PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9360
9361 Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9362 An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9363 sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a
9364 handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,
9365 but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
9366 allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
9367 different window classes.
9368
9369 wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9370 event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9371 handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
9372 to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given
9373 to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
9374 window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
9375 its Destroy method yourself.
9376 """
9377 return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9378
9379 def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9380 """
9381 PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9382
9383 Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9384 stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9385 destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
9386 """
9387 return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9388
9389 def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9390 """
9391 RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9392
9393 Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9394 delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
9395 and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9396 function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9397 there.)
9398 """
9399 return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9400
9401 def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9402 """
9403 SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9404
9405 Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9406 having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9407 type.
9408 """
9409 return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9410
9411 def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
9412 """
9413 GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9414
9415 Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9416 there is none.
9417 """
9418 return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
9419
9420 def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9421 """
9422 Validate(self) -> bool
9423
9424 Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9425 validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9426 style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9427 windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9428 """
9429 return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9430
9431 def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9432 """
9433 TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9434
9435 Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9436 validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9437 style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9438 all child windows.
9439 """
9440 return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9441
9442 def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9443 """
9444 TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9445
9446 Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9447 validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has
9448 wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9449 also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9450 """
9451 return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9452
9453 def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9454 """
9455 InitDialog(self)
9456
9457 Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9458 to the dialog via validators.
9459 """
9460 return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9461
9462 def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9463 """
9464 SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9465
9466 Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9467 """
9468 return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9469
9470 def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
9471 """
9472 GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9473
9474 Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9475 """
9476 return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
9477
9478 def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9479 """
9480 RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9481
9482 Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9483 registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9484 receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9485 does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9486 other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9487 use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the
9488 hotkey was registered successfully.
9489 """
9490 return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9491
9492 def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
9493 """
9494 UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9495
9496 Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9497 """
9498 return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
9499
9500 def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9501 """
9502 ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9503
9504 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9505 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9506 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9507 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9508 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9509 then divided by 8.
9510 """
9511 return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9512
9513 def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
9514 """
9515 ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9516
9517 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9518 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9519 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9520 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9521 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9522 then divided by 8.
9523 """
9524 return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
9525
9526 def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
9527 """
9528 DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9529
9530 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9531 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9532 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9533 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9534 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9535 then divided by 8.
9536 """
9537 return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
9538
9539 def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
9540 """
9541 DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9542
9543 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9544 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9545 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9546 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9547 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9548 then divided by 8.
9549 """
9550 return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9551
9552 def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9553 """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9554 return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9555
9556 def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9557 """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9558 return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9559
9560 def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9561 """
9562 WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9563
9564 Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9565
9566 NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9567 Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9568 """
9569 return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9570
9571 def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9572 """
9573 CaptureMouse(self)
9574
9575 Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9576 release the capture.
9577
9578 Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9579 mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9580 which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9581 there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9582 release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9583 receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9584
9585 Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9586 operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9587 operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9588 recapture mouse.
9589 """
9590 return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9591
9592 def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9593 """
9594 ReleaseMouse(self)
9595
9596 Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9597 """
9598 return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9599
9600 def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9601 """
9602 GetCapture() -> Window
9603
9604 Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9605 """
9606 return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9607
9608 GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9609 def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9610 """
9611 HasCapture(self) -> bool
9612
9613 Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9614 """
9615 return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9616
9617 def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9618 """
9619 Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9620
9621 Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9622 will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9623 to the window.
9624 """
9625 return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9626
9627 def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9628 """
9629 RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9630
9631 Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9632 be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9633 """
9634 return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9635
9636 def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9637 """
9638 Update(self)
9639
9640 Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9641 window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9642 this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9643 event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9644 does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`
9645 first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9646 it) unconditionally.
9647 """
9648 return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9649
9650 def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9651 """
9652 ClearBackground(self)
9653
9654 Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9655 colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9656 """
9657 return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9658
9659 def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9660 """
9661 Freeze(self)
9662
9663 Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9664 taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9665 called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9666 nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9667 been undone.
9668
9669 This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9670 it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9671 a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9672 for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9673 mandatory directive.
9674 """
9675 return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9676
9677 def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9678 """
9679 IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9680
9681 Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9682
9683 :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9684 """
9685 return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9686
9687 def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9688 """
9689 Thaw(self)
9690
9691 Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to
9692 Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9693 times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9694 """
9695 return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9696
9697 def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9698 """
9699 PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9700
9701 Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9702 scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9703 scroll position.
9704 """
9705 return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9706
9707 def IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
9708 """
9709 IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool
9710
9711 Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the
9712 system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a
9713 temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once
9714 later.
9715 """
9716 return _core_.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
9717
9718 def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9719 """
9720 GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9721
9722 Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9723 damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9724 """
9725 return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9726
9727 def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9728 """
9729 GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9730
9731 Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9732 """
9733 return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9734
9735 def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9736 """
9737 IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9738
9739 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9740 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9741 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9742 exposed.
9743 """
9744 return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9745
9746 def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9747 """
9748 IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9749
9750 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9751 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9752 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9753 exposed.
9754 """
9755 return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9756
9757 def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9758 """
9759 IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9760
9761 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9762 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9763 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9764 exposed.
9765 """
9766 return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9767
9768 def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9769 """
9770 GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9771
9772 Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is
9773 useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9774 as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9775 coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9776 place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9777 """
9778 return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9779
9780 def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9781 """
9782 GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9783
9784 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
9785 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9786 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9787 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9788 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9789
9790 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9791 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9792 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9793 this.
9794 """
9795 return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9796
9797 GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9798 def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9799 """
9800 SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9801
9802 Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour
9803 was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default
9804 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9805 automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9806 to the default background colour.
9807
9808 Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9809 refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9810 calling this function.
9811
9812 Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9813 window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the
9814 themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9815 applications on the system.
9816 """
9817 return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9818
9819 def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9820 """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9821 return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9822
9823 def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9824 """
9825 SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9826
9827 Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour
9828 was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9829 the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9830 not be used at all.
9831 """
9832 return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9833
9834 def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9835 """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9836 return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9837
9838 def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9839 """
9840 GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9841
9842 Returns the background colour of the window.
9843 """
9844 return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846 def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9847 """
9848 GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9849
9850 Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of
9851 foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9852 colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9853 """
9854 return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9855
9856 def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9857 """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9858 return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9859
9860 def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9861 """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9862 return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9863
9864 def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9865 """
9866 SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9867
9868 Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9869 indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9870
9871 ====================== ========================================
9872 wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should
9873 be determined by the system
9874 wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour
9875 wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the
9876 application.
9877 ====================== ========================================
9878
9879 On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9880 a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9881 no effect on other platforms.
9882
9883 :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9884 """
9885 return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9886
9887 def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9888 """
9889 GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9890
9891 Returns the background style of the window.
9892
9893 :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9894 """
9895 return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9896
9897 def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9898 """
9899 HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9900
9901 Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9902 example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9903 background.
9904
9905 This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9906 normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9907 it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9908 correctly.
9909 """
9910 return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9911
9912 def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9913 """
9914 SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9915
9916 Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9917 for the children of the window implicitly.
9918
9919 The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9920 be reset back to default.
9921 """
9922 return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9923
9924 def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9925 """
9926 GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9927
9928 Return the cursor associated with this window.
9929 """
9930 return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9931
9932 def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9933 """
9934 SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9935
9936 Sets the font for this window.
9937 """
9938 return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9939
9940 def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9941 """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9942 return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9943
9944 def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9945 """
9946 GetFont(self) -> Font
9947
9948 Returns the default font used for this window.
9949 """
9950 return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952 def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9953 """
9954 SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9955
9956 Sets the caret associated with the window.
9957 """
9958 return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960 def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9961 """
9962 GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9963
9964 Returns the caret associated with the window.
9965 """
9966 return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968 def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9969 """
9970 GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9971
9972 Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9973 """
9974 return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976 def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9977 """
9978 GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9979
9980 Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9981 """
9982 return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984 def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9985 """
9986 GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9987
9988 Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9989 """
9990 return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992 def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9993 """
9994 GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9995 (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9996
9997 Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9998 current or specified font.
9999 """
10000 return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
10001
10002 def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
10003 """
10004 ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
10005
10006 Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
10007 """
10008 return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
10009
10010 def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
10011 """
10012 ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
10013
10014 Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10015 """
10016 return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
10017
10018 def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
10019 """
10020 ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
10021
10022 Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
10023 """
10024 return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
10025
10026 def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
10027 """
10028 ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
10029
10030 Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
10031 """
10032 return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034 def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
10035 """
10036 HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
10037
10038 Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10039 """
10040 return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
10041
10042 def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
10043 """
10044 HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
10045
10046 Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
10047 """
10048 return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050 def GetBorder(*args):
10051 """
10052 GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
10053 GetBorder(self) -> int
10054
10055 Get border for the flags of this window
10056 """
10057 return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
10058
10059 def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
10060 """
10061 UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
10062
10063 This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
10064 implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
10065 send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
10066 send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
10067 function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
10068 a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
10069 concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
10070 `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
10071 limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
10072 in idle time.
10073 """
10074 return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
10075
10076 def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
10077 """
10078 PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
10079
10080 Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10081 and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10082 selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10083 usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the
10084 mouse cursor will be used.
10085 """
10086 return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
10087
10088 def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10089 """
10090 PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
10091
10092 Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
10093 and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
10094 selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
10095 usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the
10096 mouse cursor will be used.
10097 """
10098 return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10099
10100 def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
10101 """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
10102 return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
10103
10104 def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10105 """
10106 GetHandle(self) -> long
10107
10108 Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
10109 physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
10110 toplevel parent of the window.
10111 """
10112 return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114 def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10115 """
10116 AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
10117
10118 Associate the window with a new native handle
10119 """
10120 return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10121
10122 def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
10123 """
10124 DissociateHandle(self)
10125
10126 Dissociate the current native handle from the window
10127 """
10128 return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
10129
10130 def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10131 """
10132 HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
10133
10134 Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
10135 """
10136 return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10137
10138 def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
10139 """
10140 SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
10141 bool refresh=True)
10142
10143 Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
10144 """
10145 return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
10146
10147 def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10148 """
10149 SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
10150
10151 Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
10152 """
10153 return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10154
10155 def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
10156 """
10157 GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
10158
10159 Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
10160 """
10161 return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
10162
10163 def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
10164 """
10165 GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
10166
10167 Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
10168 """
10169 return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
10170
10171 def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
10172 """
10173 GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
10174
10175 Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
10176 """
10177 return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
10178
10179 def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10180 """
10181 ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
10182
10183 Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
10184 accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling
10185 implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
10186 it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
10187 """
10188 return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10189
10190 def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
10191 """
10192 ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
10193
10194 If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10195 the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
10196 is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10197 already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10198 """
10199 return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
10200
10201 def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
10202 """
10203 ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
10204
10205 If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
10206 the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
10207 is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
10208 already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
10209 """
10210 return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
10211
10212 def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
10213 """
10214 LineUp(self) -> bool
10215
10216 This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
10217 """
10218 return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
10219
10220 def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
10221 """
10222 LineDown(self) -> bool
10223
10224 This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
10225 """
10226 return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
10227
10228 def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
10229 """
10230 PageUp(self) -> bool
10231
10232 This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
10233 """
10234 return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
10235
10236 def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
10237 """
10238 PageDown(self) -> bool
10239
10240 This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
10241 """
10242 return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
10243
10244 def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10245 """
10246 SetHelpText(self, String text)
10247
10248 Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10249 window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10250 `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10251 """
10252 return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254 def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
10255 """
10256 SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
10257
10258 Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
10259 one.
10260 """
10261 return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
10262
10263 def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
10264 """
10265 GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
10266
10267 Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
10268
10269 Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
10270 and this method should return the global window help text then
10271
10272 """
10273 return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
10274
10275 def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
10276 """
10277 GetHelpText(self) -> String
10278
10279 Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
10280 window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current
10281 `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
10282 """
10283 return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
10284
10285 def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
10286 """
10287 SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
10288
10289 Attach a tooltip to the window.
10290 """
10291 return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
10292
10293 def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10294 """
10295 SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
10296
10297 Attach a tooltip to the window.
10298 """
10299 return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10300
10301 def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
10302 """
10303 GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
10304
10305 get the associated tooltip or None if none
10306 """
10307 return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309 def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10310 """
10311 SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
10312
10313 Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has
10314 a drop target, it is deleted.
10315 """
10316 return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318 def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
10319 """
10320 GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
10321
10322 Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
10323 """
10324 return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
10325
10326 def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
10327 """
10328 DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10329
10330 Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10331 Only functional on Windows.
10332 """
10333 return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
10334
10335 def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10336 """
10337 SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10338
10339 Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10340 layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10341 deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10342 constraints.
10343
10344 You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10345 automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10346 handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10347 both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10348 effect.
10349 """
10350 return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10351
10352 def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
10353 """
10354 GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10355
10356 Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10357 are none.
10358 """
10359 return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
10360
10361 def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10362 """
10363 SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10364
10365 Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10366 when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the
10367 windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
10368 `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
10369
10370 This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
10371 `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
10372 layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10373 """
10374 return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10375
10376 def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
10377 """
10378 GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10379
10380 Returns the current autoLayout setting
10381 """
10382 return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
10383
10384 def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
10385 """
10386 Layout(self) -> bool
10387
10388 Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10389 algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10390 this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10391 handler when the window is resized.
10392 """
10393 return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
10394
10395 def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10396 """
10397 SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10398
10399 Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10400 own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10401 layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10402 if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10403 call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10404 non-None, and False otherwise.
10405 """
10406 return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10407
10408 def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
10409 """
10410 SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10411
10412 The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10413 window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10414 """
10415 return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
10416
10417 def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10418 """
10419 GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10420
10421 Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10422 SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10423 """
10424 return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426 def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10427 """
10428 SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10429
10430 This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10431 called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10432 the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10433 """
10434 return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10435
10436 def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10437 """
10438 GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10439
10440 Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10441 """
10442 return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10443
10444 def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10445 """
10446 InheritAttributes(self)
10447
10448 This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10449 during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10450 attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10451 colours.
10452
10453 By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10454 their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10455 attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10456 SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10457 explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10458 value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10459 ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10460 no matter what and only the font might.
10461
10462 This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10463 different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10464 attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10465 in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10466 than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10467 parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10468 the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10469 colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10470 parents attributes.
10471
10472 """
10473 return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10474
10475 def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
10476 """
10477 ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10478
10479 Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10480 changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10481 from the parent window.
10482
10483 The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10484 wxControl where it returns true.
10485 """
10486 return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
10487
10488 def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10489 """
10490 CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
10491
10492 Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
10493 this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
10494 so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
10495 possible to set the transparency.
10496
10497 NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
10498 extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
10499 as xcompmgr) running.
10500 """
10501 return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10502
10503 def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
10504 """
10505 SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
10506
10507 Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
10508 returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
10509 range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
10510 opaque.
10511 """
10512 return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
10513
10514 def PostCreate(self, pre):
10515 """
10516 Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10517 Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10518 """
10519 self.this = pre.this
10520 self.thisown = pre.thisown
10521 pre.thisown = 0
10522 if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
10523 try:
10524 self._setOORInfo(self)
10525 except TypeError:
10526 pass
10527 if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10528 try:
10529 self._setCallbackInfo(self, pre.__class__)
10530 except TypeError:
10531 pass
10532
10533 def SendSizeEvent(self):
10534 self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10535
10536 AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
10537 AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
10538 BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10539 BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
10540 EffectiveMinSize = property(GetEffectiveMinSize,doc="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")
10541 BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
10542 BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
10543 Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
10544 Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
10545 CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
10546 CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
10547 Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
10548 ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
10549 ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
10550 ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
10551 Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
10552 ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
10553 Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
10554 DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
10555 DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
10556 EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10557 ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
10558 Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10559 ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10560 GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10561 TopLevelParent = property(GetTopLevelParent,doc="See `GetTopLevelParent`")
10562 Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10563 HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10564 Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10565 Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10566 LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10567 MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10568 MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10569 MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10570 MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10571 MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10572 MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10573 Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10574 Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10575 Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10576 Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10577 ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10578 ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10579 Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10580 Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10581 ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10582 ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10583 UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10584 UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10585 Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10586 VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10587 WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10588 WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10589 WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10590 Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10591 Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10592 TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10593 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10594
10595 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10596 """
10597 PreWindow() -> Window
10598
10599 Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10600 """
10601 val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10602 return val
10603
10604 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10605 """
10606 Window_NewControlId() -> int
10607
10608 Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10609 """
10610 return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10611
10612 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10613 """
10614 Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10615
10616 Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10617 autogenerated) id
10618 """
10619 return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10620
10621 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10622 """
10623 Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10624
10625 Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10626 autogenerated) id
10627 """
10628 return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10629
10630 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10631 """
10632 Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10633
10634 Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10635 or None.
10636 """
10637 return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10638
10639 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10640 """
10641 Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10642
10643 Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10644 """
10645 return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10646
10647 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10648 """
10649 Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10650
10651 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
10652 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10653 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10654 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10655 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10656
10657 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10658 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10659 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10660 this.
10661 """
10662 return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10663
10664 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10665 """
10666 Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10667 dialog units to pixel units.
10668 """
10669 if y is None:
10670 return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10671 else:
10672 return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10673
10674 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10675 """
10676 Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10677 dialog units to pixel units.
10678 """
10679 if height is None:
10680 return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10681 else:
10682 return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10683
10684
10685 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10686 """
10687 FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10688
10689 Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10690 is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10691 boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10692 hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10693 """
10694 return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10697 """
10698 FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10699
10700 Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10701 function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10702 top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10703 limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10704 cases.
10705
10706 If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10707 """
10708 return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10709
10710 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10711 """
10712 FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10713
10714 Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10715 may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10716 search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10717 non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10718 hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10719 """
10720 return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10721
10722 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10723 """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10724 return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10725
10726 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10727 """
10728 GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10729
10730 Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10731 dialogs, etc.) NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10732 by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10733 are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10734
10735 """
10736 return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10737 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10738
10739 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10740 """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10741 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10742 __repr__ = _swig_repr
10743 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10744 """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10745 _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10746 self._setOORInfo(self)
10747
10748 def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10749 """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10750 return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10751
10752 def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10753 """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10754 return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10755
10756 def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10757 """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10758 return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10759
10760 def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10761 """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10762 return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10763
10764 def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10765 """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10766 return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10767
10768 def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10769 """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10770 return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10771
10772 def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10773 """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10774 return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10775
10776 IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10777 def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10778 """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10779 return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781 SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10782 Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
10783 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10784
10785 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10786 """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10787 return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10788
10789 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10790 """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10791 return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793 class PyValidator(Validator):
10794 """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10795 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10796 __repr__ = _swig_repr
10797 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10798 """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10799 _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10800 self._setOORInfo(self);PyValidator._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PyValidator)
10801
10802 def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10803 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)"""
10804 return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10805
10806 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10807
10808 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10809
10810 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10811 """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10812 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10813 __repr__ = _swig_repr
10814 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10815 """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10816 _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10817 self._setOORInfo(self)
10818
10819 def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10820 """
10821 Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10822 int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10823 """
10824 return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10825
10826 def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10827 """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10828 return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10829
10830 def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10831 """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10832 return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10833
10834 def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10835 """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10836 return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10837
10838 def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10839 """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10840 return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842 def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10843 """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10844 return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846 def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10847 """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10848 return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10849
10850 def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10851 """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10852 return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10853
10854 def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10855 """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10856 return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10857
10858 def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10859 """Break(self)"""
10860 return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10861
10862 def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10863 """
10864 Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10865 int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10866 """
10867 return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10868
10869 def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10870 """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10871 return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10872
10873 def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10874 """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10875 return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10876
10877 def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10878 """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10879 return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10880
10881 def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10882 """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10883 return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10884
10885 def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10886 """
10887 Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10888 int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10889 """
10890 return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10891
10892 def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10893 """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10894 return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10895
10896 def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10897 """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10898 return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10899
10900 def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10901 """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10902 return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10903
10904 def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10905 """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10906 return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10907
10908 def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10909 """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10910 return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10911
10912 def RemoveItem(self, item):
10913 """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10914 #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that
10915 #// proxy instead of the new one
10916 val = _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(self, item)
10917 item.this.own(val.this.own())
10918 val.this.disown()
10919 return item
10920
10921
10922 def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10923 """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10924 return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10925
10926 def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10927 """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10928 return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10929
10930 def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10931 """
10932 Destroy(self)
10933
10934 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10935 """
10936 args[0].this.own(False)
10937 return _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10938
10939 def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10940 """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool"""
10941 return _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10942
10943 def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10944 """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10945 return _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10946
10947 def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10948 """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10949 return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10950
10951 def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10952 """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10953 return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10954
10955 def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10956 """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10957 return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10958
10959 def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10960 """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10961 return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10962
10963 def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10964 """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10965 return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10966
10967 def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10968 """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10969 return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10970
10971 def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10972 """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10973 return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10974
10975 def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10976 """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10977 return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10978
10979 def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10980 """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10981 return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10982
10983 def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10984 """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10985 return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10986
10987 def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10988 """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10989 return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10990
10991 def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10992 """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10993 return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10994
10995 def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10996 """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10997 return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10998
10999 def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
11000 """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
11001 return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
11002
11003 def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
11004 """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
11005 return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
11006
11007 def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11008 """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
11009 return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11010
11011 def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
11012 """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
11013 return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
11014
11015 def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11016 """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
11017 return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11018
11019 def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11020 """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
11021 return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11022
11023 def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
11024 """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
11025 return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
11026
11027 def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
11028 """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
11029 return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
11030
11031 def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
11032 """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
11033 return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
11034
11035 def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11036 """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
11037 return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11038
11039 def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11040 """Detach(self)"""
11041 return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043 def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11044 """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11045 return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11046
11047 def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11048 """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
11049 return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11050
11051 def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
11052 """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
11053 return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
11054
11055 EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
11056 HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
11057 InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
11058 MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
11059 MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
11060 MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
11061 Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
11062 Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
11063 Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
11064 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
11065 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
11066
11067 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11068
11069 class MenuBar(Window):
11070 """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
11071 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11072 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11073 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11074 """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
11075 _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
11076 self._setOORInfo(self)
11077
11078 def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11079 """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11080 return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11081
11082 def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11083 """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
11084 return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11085
11086 def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
11087 """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
11088 return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
11089
11090 def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11091 """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11092 return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11093
11094 def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
11095 """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
11096 return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
11097
11098 def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11099 """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
11100 return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11101
11102 def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
11103 """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
11104 return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
11105
11106 def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
11107 """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
11108 return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
11109
11110 def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11111 """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
11112 return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114 def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
11115 """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
11116 return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
11117
11118 def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
11119 """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
11120 return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
11121
11122 def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
11123 """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
11124 return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
11125
11126 def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11127 """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
11128 return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11129
11130 def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11131 """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
11132 return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11133
11134 def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11135 """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
11136 return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11137
11138 def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11139 """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
11140 return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11141
11142 def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11143 """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
11144 return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11145
11146 def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11147 """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
11148 return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11149
11150 def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11151 """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
11152 return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11153
11154 def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11155 """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
11156 return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11157
11158 def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
11159 """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
11160 return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
11161
11162 def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
11163 """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
11164 return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
11165
11166 def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
11167 """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
11168 return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
11169
11170 def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
11171 """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
11172 return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
11173
11174 def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11175 """Detach(self)"""
11176 return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11177
11178 def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
11179 """UpdateMenus(self)"""
11180 return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
11181
11182 def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11183 """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11184 return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11185
11186 SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
11187 def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11188 """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11189 return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11190
11191 GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
11192 def GetMenus(self):
11193 """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
11194 return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
11195 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
11196
11197 def SetMenus(self, items):
11198 """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
11199 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
11200 self.Remove(i)
11201 for m, l in items:
11202 self.Append(m, l)
11203
11204 Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
11205 MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
11206 Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
11207 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
11208
11209 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11210 """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
11211 return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11212
11213 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
11214 """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
11215 return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
11216
11217 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11218
11219 class MenuItem(Object):
11220 """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
11221 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11222 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11223 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11224 """
11225 __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,
11226 String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
11227 Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
11228 """
11229 _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
11230 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
11231 __del__ = lambda self : None;
11232 def Destroy(self): pass
11233 def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11234 """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11235 return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11236
11237 def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11238 """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11239 return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11240
11241 def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
11242 """SetId(self, int id)"""
11243 return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
11244
11245 def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
11246 """GetId(self) -> int"""
11247 return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
11248
11249 def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
11250 """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
11251 return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
11252
11253 def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
11254 """SetText(self, String str)"""
11255 return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
11256
11257 def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
11258 """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
11259 return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
11260
11261 def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
11262 """GetText(self) -> String"""
11263 return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
11264
11265 def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11266 """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11267 return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11268
11269 GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
11270 def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11271 """GetKind(self) -> int"""
11272 return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11273
11274 def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
11275 """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
11276 return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
11277
11278 def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11279 """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
11280 return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11281
11282 def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
11283 """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
11284 return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
11285
11286 def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11287 """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
11288 return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11289
11290 def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11291 """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
11292 return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11293
11294 def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
11295 """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
11296 return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
11297
11298 def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
11299 """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
11300 return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
11301
11302 def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
11303 """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
11304 return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
11305
11306 def Check(*args, **kwargs):
11307 """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
11308 return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
11309
11310 def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
11311 """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
11312 return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
11313
11314 def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
11315 """Toggle(self)"""
11316 return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
11317
11318 def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11319 """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
11320 return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11321
11322 def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
11323 """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
11324 return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
11325
11326 def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11327 """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
11328 return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11329
11330 def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
11331 """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
11332 return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
11333
11334 def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11335 """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
11336 return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11337
11338 def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11339 """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11340 return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11341
11342 def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11343 """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
11344 return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11345
11346 def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
11347 """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
11348 return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
11349
11350 def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11351 """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
11352 return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11353
11354 def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
11355 """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
11356 return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
11357
11358 def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11359 """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
11360 return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11361
11362 def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
11363 """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
11364 return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
11365
11366 def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
11367 """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
11368 return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
11369
11370 def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11371 """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
11372 return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11373
11374 def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
11375 """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
11376 return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
11377
11378 def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11379 """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
11380 return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11381
11382 def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11383 """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
11384 return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11385
11386 def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
11387 """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11388 return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
11389
11390 GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
11391 def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11392 """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
11393 return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11394
11395 def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11396 """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
11397 return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11398
11399 def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
11400 """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
11401 return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
11402
11403 Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
11404 BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
11405 Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
11406 DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
11407 Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
11408 Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
11409 Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
11410 Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
11411 Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
11412 MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
11413 Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
11414 SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
11415 Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
11416 TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
11417 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
11418
11419 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
11420 """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11421 return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
11422
11423 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
11424 """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11425 return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
11426
11427 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11428
11429 class Control(Window):
11430 """
11431 This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11432
11433 A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11434 and/or displays one or more item of data.
11435 """
11436 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11437 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11438 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11439 """
11440 __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11441 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11442 String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11443
11444 Create a Control. Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11445 __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11446 """
11447 _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
11448 self._setOORInfo(self)
11449
11450 def Create(*args, **kwargs):
11451 """
11452 Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11453 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11454 String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11455
11456 Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11457 """
11458 return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
11459
11460 def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
11461 """
11462 GetAlignment(self) -> int
11463
11464 Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
11465 """
11466 return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
11467
11468 def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
11469 """
11470 GetLabelText(self) -> String
11471
11472 Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
11473 """
11474 return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
11475
11476 def Command(*args, **kwargs):
11477 """
11478 Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11479
11480 Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11481
11482 :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11483
11484 """
11485 return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
11486
11487 def RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11488 """
11489 RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11490
11491 removes the mnemonics characters
11492 """
11493 return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11494
11495 RemoveMnemonics = staticmethod(RemoveMnemonics)
11496 def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11497 """
11498 GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11499
11500 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
11501 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11502 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11503 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11504 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11505
11506 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11507 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11508 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11509 this.
11510 """
11511 return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11512
11513 GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
11514 Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
11515 LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
11516 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
11517 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
11518
11519 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
11520 """
11521 PreControl() -> Control
11522
11523 Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11524 """
11525 val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
11526 return val
11527
11528 def Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs):
11529 """
11530 Control_RemoveMnemonics(String str) -> String
11531
11532 removes the mnemonics characters
11533 """
11534 return _core_.Control_RemoveMnemonics(*args, **kwargs)
11535
11536 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
11537 """
11538 Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11539
11540 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
11541 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11542 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11543 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11544 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11545
11546 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11547 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11548 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11549 this.
11550 """
11551 return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
11552
11553 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11554
11555 class ItemContainer(object):
11556 """
11557 The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11558 by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11559 selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11560 as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11561 this one.
11562
11563 It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11564 each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11565 all conform to the same interface.
11566
11567 The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11568 optionally, client data associated with them.
11569
11570 """
11571 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11572 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11573 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11574 def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11575 """
11576 Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11577
11578 Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11579 if not None. The return value is the index of the newly added item
11580 which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11581 has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11582 """
11583 return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11584
11585 def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11586 """
11587 AppendItems(self, List strings)
11588
11589 Apend several items at once to the control. Notice that calling this
11590 method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11591 need to add a lot of items.
11592 """
11593 return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11594
11595 def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11596 """
11597 Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11598
11599 Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11600 optionally associating some data object with the item.
11601 """
11602 return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11603
11604 def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11605 """
11606 Clear(self)
11607
11608 Removes all items from the control.
11609 """
11610 return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11611
11612 def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11613 """
11614 Delete(self, int n)
11615
11616 Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11617 that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11618 enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11619 than the number of items in the control.
11620 """
11621 return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11622
11623 def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11624 """
11625 GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11626
11627 Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11628 """
11629 return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11630
11631 def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11632 """
11633 SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11634
11635 Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11636 """
11637 return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11638
11639 def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11640 """
11641 GetCount(self) -> int
11642
11643 Returns the number of items in the control.
11644 """
11645 return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11646
11647 def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11648 """
11649 IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11650
11651 Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11652 """
11653 return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11654
11655 def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11656 """
11657 GetString(self, int n) -> String
11658
11659 Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11660 """
11661 return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11662
11663 def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11664 """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11665 return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11666
11667 def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11668 """
11669 SetString(self, int n, String s)
11670
11671 Sets the label for the given item.
11672 """
11673 return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11674
11675 def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11676 """
11677 FindString(self, String s) -> int
11678
11679 Finds an item whose label matches the given string. Returns the
11680 zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11681 found.
11682 """
11683 return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11684
11685 def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11686 """
11687 SetSelection(self, int n)
11688
11689 Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11690 """
11691 return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11692
11693 def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11694 """
11695 GetSelection(self) -> int
11696
11697 Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11698 is selected.
11699 """
11700 return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11701
11702 def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11703 """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11704 return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11705
11706 def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11707 """
11708 GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11709
11710 Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11711 is selected.
11712 """
11713 return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11714
11715 def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11716 """
11717 Select(self, int n)
11718
11719 This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11720 slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11721 """
11722 return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11723
11724 def GetItems(self):
11725 """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11726 return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11727
11728 def SetItems(self, items):
11729 """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11730 self.Clear()
11731 for i in items:
11732 self.Append(i)
11733
11734 Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11735 Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11736 Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11737 StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11738 Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11739 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11740
11741 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11742
11743 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11744 """
11745 wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11746 wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11747 that have items.
11748 """
11749 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11750 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11751 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11752 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11753
11754 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11755
11756 class SizerFlags(object):
11757 """
11758 Normally, when you add an item to a sizer via `wx.Sizer.Add`, you have
11759 to specify a lot of flags and parameters which can be unwieldy. This
11760 is where wx.SizerFlags comes in: it allows you to specify all
11761 parameters using the named methods instead. For example, instead of::
11762
11763 sizer.Add(ctrl, 0, wx.EXPAND | wx.ALL, 10)
11764
11765 you can now write::
11766
11767 sizer.AddF(ctrl, wx.SizerFlags().Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10))
11768
11769 This is more readable and also allows you to create wx.SizerFlags
11770 objects which can be reused for several sizer items.::
11771
11772 flagsExpand = wx.SizerFlags(1)
11773 flagsExpand.Expand().Border(wx.ALL, 10)
11774 sizer.AddF(ctrl1, flagsExpand)
11775 sizer.AddF(ctrl2, flagsExpand)
11776
11777 Note that by specification, all methods of wx.SizerFlags return the
11778 wx.SizerFlags object itself allowing chaining multiple method calls
11779 like in the examples above.
11780 """
11781 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11782 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11783 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11784 """
11785 __init__(self, int proportion=0) -> SizerFlags
11786
11787 Constructs the flags object with the specified proportion.
11788 """
11789 _core_.SizerFlags_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerFlags(*args, **kwargs))
11790 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerFlags
11791 __del__ = lambda self : None;
11792 def Proportion(*args, **kwargs):
11793 """
11794 Proportion(self, int proportion) -> SizerFlags
11795
11796 Sets the item's proportion value.
11797 """
11798 return _core_.SizerFlags_Proportion(*args, **kwargs)
11799
11800 def Align(*args, **kwargs):
11801 """
11802 Align(self, int alignment) -> SizerFlags
11803
11804 Sets the item's alignment
11805 """
11806 return _core_.SizerFlags_Align(*args, **kwargs)
11807
11808 def Expand(*args, **kwargs):
11809 """
11810 Expand(self) -> SizerFlags
11811
11812 Sets the wx.EXPAND flag, which will cause the item to be expanded to
11813 fill as much space as it is given by the sizer.
11814 """
11815 return _core_.SizerFlags_Expand(*args, **kwargs)
11816
11817 def Centre(*args, **kwargs):
11818 """
11819 Centre(self) -> SizerFlags
11820
11821 Same as `Center` for those with an alternate dialect of English.
11822 """
11823 return _core_.SizerFlags_Centre(*args, **kwargs)
11824
11825 def Center(*args, **kwargs):
11826 """
11827 Center(self) -> SizerFlags
11828
11829 Sets the centering alignment flags.
11830 """
11831 return _core_.SizerFlags_Center(*args, **kwargs)
11832
11833 def Left(*args, **kwargs):
11834 """
11835 Left(self) -> SizerFlags
11836
11837 Aligns the object to the left, a shortcut for calling
11838 Align(wx.ALIGN_LEFT)
11839 """
11840 return _core_.SizerFlags_Left(*args, **kwargs)
11841
11842 def Right(*args, **kwargs):
11843 """
11844 Right(self) -> SizerFlags
11845
11846 Aligns the object to the right, a shortcut for calling
11847 Align(wx.ALIGN_RIGHT)
11848 """
11849 return _core_.SizerFlags_Right(*args, **kwargs)
11850
11851 def Top(*args, **kwargs):
11852 """
11853 Top(self) -> SizerFlags
11854
11855 Aligns the object to the top of the available space, a shortcut for
11856 calling Align(wx.ALIGN_TOP)
11857 """
11858 return _core_.SizerFlags_Top(*args, **kwargs)
11859
11860 def Bottom(*args, **kwargs):
11861 """
11862 Bottom(self) -> SizerFlags
11863
11864 Aligns the object to the bottom of the available space, a shortcut for
11865 calling Align(wx.ALIGN_BOTTOM)
11866 """
11867 return _core_.SizerFlags_Bottom(*args, **kwargs)
11868
11869 def Shaped(*args, **kwargs):
11870 """
11871 Shaped(self) -> SizerFlags
11872
11873 Sets the wx.SHAPED flag.
11874 """
11875 return _core_.SizerFlags_Shaped(*args, **kwargs)
11876
11877 def FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11878 """
11879 FixedMinSize(self) -> SizerFlags
11880
11881 Sets the wx.FIXED_MINSIZE flag.
11882 """
11883 return _core_.SizerFlags_FixedMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11884
11885 def Border(*args, **kwargs):
11886 """
11887 Border(self, int direction=ALL, int borderInPixels=-1) -> SizerFlags
11888
11889 Sets the border of the item in the direction(s) or sides given by the
11890 direction parameter. If the borderInPixels value is not given then
11891 the default border size (see `GetDefaultBorder`) will be used.
11892 """
11893 return _core_.SizerFlags_Border(*args, **kwargs)
11894
11895 def DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11896 """
11897 DoubleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11898
11899 Sets the border in the given direction to twice the default border
11900 size.
11901 """
11902 return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11903
11904 def TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11905 """
11906 TripleBorder(self, int direction=ALL) -> SizerFlags
11907
11908 Sets the border in the given direction to three times the default
11909 border size.
11910 """
11911 return _core_.SizerFlags_TripleBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11912
11913 def HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11914 """
11915 HorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11916
11917 Sets the left and right borders to the default border size.
11918 """
11919 return _core_.SizerFlags_HorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11920
11921 def DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11922 """
11923 DoubleHorzBorder(self) -> SizerFlags
11924
11925 Sets the left and right borders to twice the default border size.
11926 """
11927 return _core_.SizerFlags_DoubleHorzBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11928
11929 def GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11930 """
11931 GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11932
11933 Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11934 """
11935 return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11936
11937 GetDefaultBorder = staticmethod(GetDefaultBorder)
11938 def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11939 """
11940 GetProportion(self) -> int
11941
11942 Returns the proportion value to be used in the sizer item.
11943 """
11944 return _core_.SizerFlags_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11945
11946 def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
11947 """
11948 GetFlags(self) -> int
11949
11950 Returns the flags value to be used in the sizer item.
11951 """
11952 return _core_.SizerFlags_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
11953
11954 def GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs):
11955 """
11956 GetBorderInPixels(self) -> int
11957
11958 Returns the border value in pixels to be used in the sizer item.
11959 """
11960 return _core_.SizerFlags_GetBorderInPixels(*args, **kwargs)
11961
11962 _core_.SizerFlags_swigregister(SizerFlags)
11963
11964 def SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args):
11965 """
11966 SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder() -> int
11967
11968 Returns the default border size used by the other border methods
11969 """
11970 return _core_.SizerFlags_GetDefaultBorder(*args)
11971
11972 class SizerItem(Object):
11973 """
11974 The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11975 attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11976 necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11977 identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11978 sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11979 Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11980 use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11981 layout.
11982
11983 :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11984 """
11985 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11986 __repr__ = _swig_repr
11987 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11988 """
11989 __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11990
11991 Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer
11992 size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11993
11994 You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11995 are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11996 methods are called.
11997
11998 :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11999 """
12000 _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12001 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
12002 __del__ = lambda self : None;
12003 def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12004 """
12005 DeleteWindows(self)
12006
12007 Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
12008 of item.
12009 """
12010 return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12011
12012 def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12013 """
12014 DetachSizer(self)
12015
12016 Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
12017 """
12018 return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12019
12020 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12021 """
12022 GetSize(self) -> Size
12023
12024 Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12025 """
12026 return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12027
12028 def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12029 """
12030 CalcMin(self) -> Size
12031
12032 Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
12033 needed by borders.
12034 """
12035 return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12036
12037 def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12038 """
12039 SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
12040
12041 Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
12042 sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
12043 subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
12044 account.
12045 """
12046 return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12047
12048 def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12049 """
12050 GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12051
12052 Get the minimum size needed for the item.
12053 """
12054 return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12055
12056 def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12057 """
12058 GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
12059
12060 Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
12061 added, if needed.
12062 """
12063 return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12064
12065 def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
12066 """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
12067 return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
12068
12069 def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
12070 """
12071 SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
12072
12073 Set the ratio item attribute.
12074 """
12075 return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
12076
12077 def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
12078 """
12079 SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
12080
12081 Set the ratio item attribute.
12082 """
12083 return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
12084
12085 def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12086 """
12087 SetRatio(self, float ratio)
12088
12089 Set the ratio item attribute.
12090 """
12091 return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12092
12093 def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
12094 """
12095 GetRatio(self) -> float
12096
12097 Set the ratio item attribute.
12098 """
12099 return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
12100
12101 def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
12102 """
12103 GetRect(self) -> Rect
12104
12105 Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
12106 """
12107 return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
12108
12109 def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12110 """
12111 IsWindow(self) -> bool
12112
12113 Is this sizer item a window?
12114 """
12115 return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12116
12117 def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12118 """
12119 IsSizer(self) -> bool
12120
12121 Is this sizer item a subsizer?
12122 """
12123 return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12124
12125 def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12126 """
12127 IsSpacer(self) -> bool
12128
12129 Is this sizer item a spacer?
12130 """
12131 return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12132
12133 def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12134 """
12135 SetProportion(self, int proportion)
12136
12137 Set the proportion value for this item.
12138 """
12139 return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12140
12141 def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
12142 """
12143 GetProportion(self) -> int
12144
12145 Get the proportion value for this item.
12146 """
12147 return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
12148
12149 SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
12150 GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
12151 def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12152 """
12153 SetFlag(self, int flag)
12154
12155 Set the flag value for this item.
12156 """
12157 return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12158
12159 def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
12160 """
12161 GetFlag(self) -> int
12162
12163 Get the flag value for this item.
12164 """
12165 return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
12166
12167 def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12168 """
12169 SetBorder(self, int border)
12170
12171 Set the border value for this item.
12172 """
12173 return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12174
12175 def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
12176 """
12177 GetBorder(self) -> int
12178
12179 Get the border value for this item.
12180 """
12181 return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
12182
12183 def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12184 """
12185 GetWindow(self) -> Window
12186
12187 Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12188 """
12189 return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12190
12191 def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12192 """
12193 GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
12194
12195 Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
12196 """
12197 return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12198
12199 def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12200 """
12201 GetSpacer(self) -> Size
12202
12203 Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
12204 """
12205 return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12206
12207 def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12208 """
12209 SetWindow(self, Window window)
12210
12211 Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12212 """
12213 return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12214
12215 def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12216 """
12217 SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12218
12219 Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12220 """
12221 return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12222
12223 def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12224 """
12225 SetSpacer(self, Size size)
12226
12227 Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12228 """
12229 return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12230
12231 SetWindow = wx._deprecated(SetWindow, "Use `AssignWindow` instead.")
12232 SetSizer = wx._deprecated(SetSizer, "Use `AssignSizer` instead.")
12233 SetSpacer = wx._deprecated(SetSpacer, "Use `AssignSpacer` instead.")
12234
12235 def AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12236 """
12237 AssignWindow(self, Window window)
12238
12239 Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
12240 """
12241 return _core_.SizerItem_AssignWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12242
12243 def AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12244 """
12245 AssignSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
12246
12247 Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
12248 """
12249 return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12250
12251 def AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12252 """
12253 AssignSpacer(self, Size size)
12254
12255 Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
12256 """
12257 return _core_.SizerItem_AssignSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12258
12259 def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12260 """
12261 Show(self, bool show)
12262
12263 Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
12264 is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
12265 window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
12266 """
12267 return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12268
12269 def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12270 """
12271 IsShown(self) -> bool
12272
12273 Is the item to be shown in the layout?
12274 """
12275 return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12276
12277 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12278 """
12279 GetPosition(self) -> Point
12280
12281 Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
12282 """
12283 return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12284
12285 def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12286 """
12287 GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
12288
12289 Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
12290 isn't any.
12291 """
12292 return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12293
12294 def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
12295 """
12296 SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
12297
12298 Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
12299 """
12300 return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
12301
12302 Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
12303 Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
12304 MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
12305 MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
12306 Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12307 Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
12308 Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
12309 Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
12310 Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12311 Sizer = property(GetSizer,AssignSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `AssignSizer`")
12312 Spacer = property(GetSpacer,AssignSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `AssignSpacer`")
12313 UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
12314 Window = property(GetWindow,AssignWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `AssignWindow`")
12315 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
12316
12317 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12318 """
12319 SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12320 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12321
12322 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
12323 """
12324 val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12325 return val
12326
12327 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12328 """
12329 SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12330 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12331
12332 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
12333 """
12334 val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12335 return val
12336
12337 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12338 """
12339 SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
12340 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
12341
12342 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
12343 """
12344 val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12345 return val
12346
12347 class Sizer(Object):
12348 """
12349 wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
12350 a window. You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
12351 use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
12352 `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
12353 `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12354
12355 The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
12356 layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
12357 toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
12358 subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
12359 get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
12360 most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
12361 a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
12362 this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
12363 turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
12364 empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
12365 constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
12366 do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
12367 compared to a real window on screen.
12368
12369 What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
12370 every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
12371 handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
12372 sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
12373 standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
12374 more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
12375 sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
12376 """
12377 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12378 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12379 __repr__ = _swig_repr
12380 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
12381 __del__ = lambda self : None;
12382 def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12383 """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
12384 return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12385
12386 def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12387 """
12388 Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12389 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12390
12391 Appends a child item to the sizer.
12392 """
12393 return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12394
12395 def AddF(*args, **kwargs):
12396 """
12397 AddF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12398
12399 Similar to `Add` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class for
12400 setting the various flags, options and borders.
12401 """
12402 return _core_.Sizer_AddF(*args, **kwargs)
12403
12404 def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
12405 """
12406 Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12407 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12408
12409 Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
12410 the item at index *before*. See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12411 """
12412 return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
12413
12414 def InsertF(*args, **kwargs):
12415 """
12416 InsertF(self, int before, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12417
12418 Similar to `Insert`, but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12419 for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12420 """
12421 return _core_.Sizer_InsertF(*args, **kwargs)
12422
12423 def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
12424 """
12425 Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
12426 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
12427
12428 Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
12429 this sizer. See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
12430 """
12431 return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
12432
12433 def PrependF(*args, **kwargs):
12434 """
12435 PrependF(self, item, wx.SizerFlags flags) -> wx.SizerItem
12436
12437 Similar to `Prepend` but uses the `wx.SizerFlags` convenience class
12438 for setting the various flags, options and borders.
12439 """
12440 return _core_.Sizer_PrependF(*args, **kwargs)
12441
12442 def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
12443 """
12444 Remove(self, item) -> bool
12445
12446 Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it. This method does not
12447 cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
12448 the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer. The
12449 *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
12450 index of an item to remove. Returns True if the child item was found
12451 and removed.
12452 """
12453 return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
12454
12455 def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
12456 """
12457 Detach(self, item) -> bool
12458
12459 Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it. This method
12460 does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
12461 do so. The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12462 zero-based index of the item to be detached. Returns True if the child item
12463 was found and detached.
12464 """
12465 return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
12466
12467 def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
12468 """
12469 GetItem(self, item, recursive=False) -> wx.SizerItem
12470
12471 Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given. The *item*
12472 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12473 the item to be found.
12474 """
12475 return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
12476
12477 def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12478 """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
12479 return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12480
12481 def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
12482 """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12483 return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
12484
12485 def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12486 """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
12487 return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489 def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
12490 """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
12491 return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493 def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
12494 """
12495 Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
12496 ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`. The
12497 detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
12498 windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.) The
12499 ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
12500 element recursivly in subsizers.
12501
12502 This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
12503 call `Layout` to do so.
12504
12505 Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
12506 """
12507 if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
12508 return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
12509 elif isinstance(olditem, wx.Sizer):
12510 return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
12511 elif isinstance(olditem, int):
12512 return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
12513 else:
12514 raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
12515
12516 def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12517 """
12518 SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
12519
12520 Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
12521 """
12522 return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12523
12524 def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12525 """
12526 GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
12527
12528 Get the window this sizer is used in.
12529 """
12530 return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12531
12532 def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
12533 """
12534 SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
12535
12536 Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
12537 The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
12538 zero-based index of the item. If a window or sizer is given then it
12539 will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
12540 """
12541 if len(args) == 2:
12542 # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
12543 return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
12544 else:
12545 return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
12546
12547 def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12548 """
12549 AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
12550
12551 Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12552 """
12553 return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12554
12555 def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
12556 """
12557 InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
12558
12559 Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
12560 """
12561 return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
12562
12563 def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
12564 """
12565 PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
12566
12567 Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
12568 """
12569 return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
12570
12571 def AddMany(self, items):
12572 """
12573 AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
12574 to a sizer at one time. Simply pass it a list of tuples,
12575 where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
12576 would normally pass to the `Add` method.
12577 """
12578 for item in items:
12579 if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
12580 item = (item, )
12581 self.Add(*item)
12582
12583 def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12584 """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12585
12586 Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
12587 """
12588 if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12589 return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12590 else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
12591 return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12592 def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
12593 """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
12594
12595 Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
12596 if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12597 return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12598 else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
12599 return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12600 def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
12601 """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
12602
12603 Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
12604 if args and type(args[0]) == int:
12605 return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
12606 else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
12607 return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
12608
12609
12610 def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12611 """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12612
12613 Add a stretchable spacer."""
12614 return self.Add((0,0), prop)
12615 def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
12616 """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12617
12618 Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
12619 return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
12620 def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
12621 """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
12622
12623 Insert a stretchable spacer."""
12624 return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
12625
12626
12627 # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
12628 def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12629 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12630 return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12631 def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12632 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
12633 return self.Add(*args, **kw)
12634
12635 def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12636 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12637 return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12638 def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12639 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
12640 return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
12641
12642 def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12643 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12644 return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12645 def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12646 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
12647 return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
12648
12649 def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
12650 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12651 return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12652 def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
12653 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12654 return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12655 def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
12656 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
12657 return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
12658
12659
12660 def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
12661 """
12662 SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
12663
12664 Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
12665 force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
12666 the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
12667 methods.
12668 """
12669 return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
12670
12671 def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12672 """
12673 SetMinSize(self, Size size)
12674
12675 Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
12676 calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
12677 need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
12678 minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
12679 here, depending on which is bigger.
12680 """
12681 return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12682
12683 def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
12684 """
12685 GetSize(self) -> Size
12686
12687 Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
12688 """
12689 return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
12690
12691 def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12692 """
12693 GetPosition(self) -> Point
12694
12695 Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
12696 """
12697 return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12698
12699 def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
12700 """
12701 GetMinSize(self) -> Size
12702
12703 Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
12704 minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
12705 set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
12706 """
12707 return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
12708
12709 def GetSizeTuple(self):
12710 return self.GetSize().Get()
12711 def GetPositionTuple(self):
12712 return self.GetPosition().Get()
12713 def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
12714 return self.GetMinSize().Get()
12715
12716 def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
12717 """
12718 RecalcSizes(self)
12719
12720 Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
12721 items managed by this sizer. You should not need to call this directly as
12722 it is called by `Layout`.
12723 """
12724 return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
12725
12726 def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
12727 """
12728 CalcMin(self) -> Size
12729
12730 This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
12731 children's minimal sizes. You should not need to call this directly as
12732 it is called by `Layout`.
12733 """
12734 return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
12735
12736 def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
12737 """
12738 Layout(self)
12739
12740 This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
12741 controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
12742 sizer. Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
12743 EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
12744 one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
12745 removed.
12746 """
12747 return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
12748
12749 def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
12750 """
12751 Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
12752
12753 Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
12754 size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
12755 order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
12756 determined by the sizer. Returns the new size.
12757
12758 For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
12759 """
12760 return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
12761
12762 def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
12763 """
12764 FitInside(self, Window window)
12765
12766 Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
12767 sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
12768 window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
12769 required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
12770
12771 :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
12772
12773 """
12774 return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
12775
12776 def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12777 """
12778 SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
12779
12780 Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
12781 match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12782 constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12783 many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12784 to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12785 required by the sizer.
12786 """
12787 return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12788
12789 def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
12790 """
12791 SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12792
12793 Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12794 match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12795 this will set them appropriately.
12796
12797 :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12798
12799 """
12800 return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
12801
12802 def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
12803 """
12804 Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12805
12806 Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12807 as well.
12808 """
12809 return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
12810
12811 def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
12812 """
12813 DeleteWindows(self)
12814
12815 Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12816 """
12817 return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
12818
12819 def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
12820 """
12821 GetChildren(self) -> list
12822
12823 Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12824 """
12825 return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
12826
12827 def Show(*args, **kwargs):
12828 """
12829 Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12830
12831 Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer. To make a sizer item
12832 disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item*
12833 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12834 the item. Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12835 subsizer. Returns True if the item was found.
12836 """
12837 return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12838
12839 def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12840 """
12841 IsShown(self, item)
12842
12843 Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12844 item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item*
12845 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12846 the item.
12847 """
12848 return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12849
12850 def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12851 """
12852 A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12853 """
12854 return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12855
12856 def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12857 """
12858 ShowItems(self, bool show)
12859
12860 Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12861 """
12862 return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12863
12864 Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12865 ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12866 MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12867 Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12868 Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12869 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12870
12871 class PySizer(Sizer):
12872 """
12873 wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12874 instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12875 Python derived classes. You would derive from this class if you are
12876 wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code. Simply implement
12877 `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12878 For example::
12879
12880 class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12881 def __init__(self):
12882 wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12883
12884 def CalcMin(self):
12885 for item in self.GetChildren():
12886 # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12887 # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12888 # layout algorithm.
12889 ...
12890 return wx.Size(width, height)
12891
12892 def RecalcSizes(self):
12893 # find the space allotted to this sizer
12894 pos = self.GetPosition()
12895 size = self.GetSize()
12896 for item in self.GetChildren():
12897 # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12898 # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12899 # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12900 # space alloted to this sizer.
12901 ...
12902 item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12903
12904
12905 When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12906 `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12907 `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12908
12909 :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12910
12911
12912 """
12913 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12914 __repr__ = _swig_repr
12915 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12916 """
12917 __init__(self) -> PySizer
12918
12919 Creates a wx.PySizer. Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12920 class.
12921 """
12922 _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12923 self._setOORInfo(self);PySizer._setCallbackInfo(self, self, PySizer)
12924
12925 def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12926 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12927 return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12928
12929 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12930
12931 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12932
12933 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12934 """
12935 The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12936 laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12937 column or nested hierarchies of either. A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12938 its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12939 parameter passed to the constructor.
12940 """
12941 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12942 __repr__ = _swig_repr
12943 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12944 """
12945 __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12946
12947 Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12948 or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12949 sizer.
12950 """
12951 _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12952 self._setOORInfo(self)
12953
12954 def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12955 """
12956 GetOrientation(self) -> int
12957
12958 Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12959 """
12960 return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12961
12962 def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12963 """
12964 SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12965
12966 Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12967 """
12968 return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12969
12970 def IsVertical(*args, **kwargs):
12971 """IsVertical(self) -> bool"""
12972 return _core_.BoxSizer_IsVertical(*args, **kwargs)
12973
12974 Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12975 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12976
12977 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12978
12979 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12980 """
12981 wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12982 `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12983 manages. Note that this static box must be created separately and
12984 passed to the sizer constructor.
12985 """
12986 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12987 __repr__ = _swig_repr
12988 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12989 """
12990 __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12991
12992 Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12993 *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12994 ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12995 """
12996 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12997 self._setOORInfo(self)
12998
12999 def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
13000 """
13001 GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
13002
13003 Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
13004 """
13005 return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
13006
13007 StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
13008 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
13009
13010 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13011
13012 class GridSizer(Sizer):
13013 """
13014 A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13015 two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size. In other
13016 words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
13017 widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
13018 height of the tallest item. An optional vertical and/or horizontal
13019 gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
13020
13021 Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
13022 in row-major order. In other words, the first row is filled first,
13023 then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
13024 neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.) If you
13025 need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
13026 then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
13027
13028 """
13029 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13030 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13031 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13032 """
13033 __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
13034
13035 Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
13036 of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
13037 zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13038 the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13039 define extra space between all children.
13040 """
13041 _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13042 self._setOORInfo(self)
13043
13044 def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13045 """
13046 SetCols(self, int cols)
13047
13048 Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
13049 """
13050 return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13051
13052 def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13053 """
13054 SetRows(self, int rows)
13055
13056 Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
13057 """
13058 return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13059
13060 def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13061 """
13062 SetVGap(self, int gap)
13063
13064 Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13065 """
13066 return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13067
13068 def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13069 """
13070 SetHGap(self, int gap)
13071
13072 Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
13073 """
13074 return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13075
13076 def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
13077 """
13078 GetCols(self) -> int
13079
13080 Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
13081 """
13082 return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
13083
13084 def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
13085 """
13086 GetRows(self) -> int
13087
13088 Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
13089 """
13090 return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
13091
13092 def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
13093 """
13094 GetVGap(self) -> int
13095
13096 Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
13097 """
13098 return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
13099
13100 def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
13101 """
13102 GetHGap(self) -> int
13103
13104 Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
13105 """
13106 return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
13107
13108 def CalcRowsCols(self):
13109 """
13110 CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
13111
13112 Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
13113 on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
13114 in the constructor.
13115 """
13116 nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
13117 rows = self.GetRows()
13118 cols = self.GetCols()
13119 assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
13120 if cols != 0:
13121 rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
13122 elif rows != 0:
13123 cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
13124 return (rows, cols)
13125
13126 Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
13127 HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
13128 Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
13129 VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
13130 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
13131
13132 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13133
13134 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
13135 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
13136 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
13137 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
13138 """
13139 A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
13140 two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
13141 height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
13142 rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
13143 the `wx.GridSizer`.
13144
13145 wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
13146 unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
13147 in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
13148 needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
13149 flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
13150 `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
13151
13152
13153 """
13154 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13155 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13156 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13157 """
13158 __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
13159
13160 Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
13161 number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
13162 is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
13163 the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
13164 define extra space between all children.
13165 """
13166 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13167 self._setOORInfo(self)
13168
13169 def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13170 """
13171 AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13172
13173 Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
13174 is extra space available to the sizer.
13175
13176 The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13177 for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13178 columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13179 """
13180 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13181
13182 def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
13183 """
13184 RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
13185
13186 Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
13187 """
13188 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
13189
13190 def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13191 """
13192 AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
13193
13194 Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
13195 there is extra space available to the sizer.
13196
13197 The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
13198 for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
13199 columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
13200 """
13201 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13202
13203 def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
13204 """
13205 RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
13206
13207 Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
13208 """
13209 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
13210
13211 def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13212 """
13213 SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
13214
13215 Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
13216 or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values. Any
13217 other value is ignored.
13218
13219 ============== =======================================
13220 wx.VERTICAL Rows are flexibly sized.
13221 wx.HORIZONTAL Columns are flexibly sized.
13222 wx.BOTH Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
13223 (this is the default value).
13224 ============== =======================================
13225
13226 Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13227
13228 """
13229 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13230
13231 def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
13232 """
13233 GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
13234
13235 Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
13236 flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
13237
13238 :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
13239 """
13240 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
13241
13242 def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13243 """
13244 SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
13245
13246 Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
13247 there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
13248 previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
13249
13250 ========================== =================================================
13251 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
13252 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
13253 `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
13254 case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
13255 columns or rows (this is the default value).
13256 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
13257 the non flexible direction, whether they are
13258 growable or not in the flexbile direction.
13259 ========================== =================================================
13260
13261 Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
13262 """
13263 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13264
13265 def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
13266 """
13267 GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
13268
13269 Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
13270 non-flexible direction if there is one.
13271
13272 :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
13273 """
13274 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
13275
13276 def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
13277 """
13278 GetRowHeights(self) -> list
13279
13280 Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
13281 rows in the sizer.
13282 """
13283 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
13284
13285 def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
13286 """
13287 GetColWidths(self) -> list
13288
13289 Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
13290 columns in the sizer.
13291 """
13292 return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
13293
13294 ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
13295 FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
13296 NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
13297 RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
13298 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
13299
13300 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
13301 """
13302 A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
13303 in order to conform to the current platform's standards. You simply
13304 need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
13305 buttons using the standard ID's. Then call `Realize` and the sizer
13306 will take care of the rest.
13307
13308 """
13309 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13310 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13311 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13312 """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
13313 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13314 def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
13315 """
13316 AddButton(self, wxButton button)
13317
13318 Use this to add the buttons to this sizer. Do not use the `Add`
13319 method in the base class.
13320 """
13321 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
13322
13323 def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
13324 """
13325 Realize(self)
13326
13327 This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
13328 to the sizer. It will reorder them and position them in a platform
13329 specifc manner.
13330 """
13331 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
13332
13333 def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13334 """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13335 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13336
13337 def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13338 """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13339 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13340
13341 def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13342 """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
13343 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13344
13345 def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13346 """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13347 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13348
13349 def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
13350 """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13351 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
13352
13353 def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
13354 """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13355 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
13356
13357 def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
13358 """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13359 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
13360
13361 def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
13362 """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
13363 return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
13364
13365 AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
13366 ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
13367 CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
13368 HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
13369 NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
13370 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
13371
13372 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13373
13374 class GBPosition(object):
13375 """
13376 This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13377 rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has
13378 typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13379 integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13380 representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13381 """
13382 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13383 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13384 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13385 """
13386 __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
13387
13388 This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
13389 rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has
13390 typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
13391 integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
13392 representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
13393 """
13394 _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
13395 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
13396 __del__ = lambda self : None;
13397 def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13398 """GetRow(self) -> int"""
13399 return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13400
13401 def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13402 """GetCol(self) -> int"""
13403 return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13404
13405 def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
13406 """SetRow(self, int row)"""
13407 return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
13408
13409 def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
13410 """SetCol(self, int col)"""
13411 return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
13412
13413 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13414 """
13415 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13416
13417 Compare GBPosition for equality.
13418 """
13419 return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13420
13421 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13422 """
13423 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13424
13425 Compare GBPosition for inequality.
13426 """
13427 return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13428
13429 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13430 """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
13431 return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13432
13433 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13434 """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13435 return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13436
13437 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13438 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
13439 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
13440 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
13441 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
13442 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13443 if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
13444 elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
13445 else: raise IndexError
13446 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0)
13447 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13448 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
13449
13450 row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
13451 col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
13452
13453 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
13454
13455 class GBSpan(object):
13456 """
13457 This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
13458 items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has typemaps that will
13459 automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
13460 wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
13461 nearly transparently in Python code.
13462
13463 """
13464 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13465 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13466 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13467 """
13468 __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
13469
13470 Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
13471 colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
13472 cell in each direction.
13473 """
13474 _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
13475 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
13476 __del__ = lambda self : None;
13477 def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13478 """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
13479 return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13480
13481 def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13482 """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
13483 return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13484
13485 def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
13486 """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
13487 return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
13488
13489 def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
13490 """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
13491 return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
13492
13493 def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
13494 """
13495 __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13496
13497 Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
13498 """
13499 return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
13500
13501 def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
13502 """
13503 __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
13504
13505 Compare GBSpan for inequality.
13506 """
13507 return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
13508
13509 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13510 """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
13511 return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13512
13513 def Get(*args, **kwargs):
13514 """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
13515 return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
13516
13517 asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
13518 def __str__(self): return str(self.Get())
13519 def __repr__(self): return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
13520 def __len__(self): return len(self.Get())
13521 def __getitem__(self, index): return self.Get()[index]
13522 def __setitem__(self, index, val):
13523 if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
13524 elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
13525 else: raise IndexError
13526 def __nonzero__(self): return self.Get() != (0,0)
13527 __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
13528 def __reduce__(self): return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
13529
13530 rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
13531 colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
13532
13533 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
13534
13535 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
13536 """
13537 The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
13538 items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
13539 and how many rows or columns it spans.
13540
13541 """
13542 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13543 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13544 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13545 """
13546 __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
13547
13548 Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer
13549 size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
13550 item can be used in a Sizer.
13551
13552 You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
13553 are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
13554 """
13555 _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
13556 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
13557 __del__ = lambda self : None;
13558 def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13559 """
13560 GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
13561
13562 Get the grid position of the item
13563 """
13564 return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13565
13566 def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
13567 def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13568 """
13569 GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
13570
13571 Get the row and column spanning of the item
13572 """
13573 return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13574
13575 def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
13576 def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
13577 """
13578 SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13579
13580 If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13581 there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
13582 position, then set the new position. Returns True if the change is
13583 successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
13584 """
13585 return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
13586
13587 def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
13588 """
13589 SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
13590
13591 If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
13592 there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
13593 spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns True if the change
13594 is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
13595
13596 """
13597 return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
13598
13599 def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
13600 """
13601 Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
13602
13603 Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
13604 """
13605 return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
13606
13607 def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
13608 """
13609 IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
13610
13611 Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
13612 """
13613 return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
13614
13615 def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
13616 """
13617 GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
13618
13619 Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
13620 """
13621 return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
13622
13623 def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13624 """
13625 GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
13626
13627 Get the sizer this item is a member of.
13628 """
13629 return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13630
13631 def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13632 """
13633 SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
13634
13635 Set the sizer this item is a member of.
13636 """
13637 return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13638
13639 EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
13640 GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
13641 Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
13642 Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
13643 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
13644 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
13645
13646 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13647 """
13648 GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13649 int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13650
13651 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
13652 """
13653 val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13654 return val
13655
13656 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
13657 """
13658 GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
13659 int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13660
13661 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
13662 """
13663 val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
13664 return val
13665
13666 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
13667 """
13668 GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
13669 int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
13670
13671 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
13672 """
13673 val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
13674 return val
13675
13676 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
13677 """
13678 A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
13679 `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
13680 is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
13681 than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`. The total size of the
13682 virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
13683 positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
13684
13685 """
13686 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13687 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13688 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13689 """
13690 __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
13691
13692 Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
13693 rows and columns.
13694 """
13695 _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
13696 self._setOORInfo(self)
13697
13698 def Add(*args, **kwargs):
13699 """
13700 Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
13701 int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13702
13703 Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
13704 more than one row or column as specified with *span*. The remaining
13705 args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
13706
13707 Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
13708 position, False if something was already there.
13709
13710 """
13711 return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
13712
13713 def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
13714 """
13715 Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
13716
13717 Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`. Returns True if
13718 the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
13719 something was already there.
13720 """
13721 return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
13722
13723 def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13724 """
13725 GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
13726
13727 Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
13728 vgap. Only valid after a Layout.
13729 """
13730 return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13731
13732 def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13733 """
13734 GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
13735
13736 Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13737 """
13738 return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13739
13740 def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
13741 """
13742 SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13743
13744 Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13745 """
13746 return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
13747
13748 def GetItemPosition(*args):
13749 """
13750 GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13751
13752 Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13753 window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13754 index of an item.
13755 """
13756 return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
13757
13758 def SetItemPosition(*args):
13759 """
13760 SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13761
13762 Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13763 window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13764 index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is not
13765 allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13766
13767 """
13768 return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
13769
13770 def GetItemSpan(*args):
13771 """
13772 GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13773
13774 Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13775 either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13776 zero-based index of an item.
13777 """
13778 return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
13779
13780 def SetItemSpan(*args):
13781 """
13782 SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13783
13784 Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13785 either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13786 zero-based index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is
13787 not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13788 """
13789 return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
13790
13791 def FindItem(*args):
13792 """
13793 FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13794
13795 Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13796 not found. (non-recursive)
13797 """
13798 return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
13799
13800 def GetItem(self, item):
13801 gbsi = None
13802 si = wx.FlexGridSizer.GetItem(self, item)
13803 if not si:
13804 return None
13805 if type(item) is not int:
13806 gbsi = self.FindItem(item)
13807 if gbsi: return gbsi
13808 return si
13809
13810 def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
13811 """
13812 FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13813
13814 Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13815 item at that position. (non-recursive)
13816 """
13817 return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
13818
13819 def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
13820 """
13821 FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13822
13823 Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13824 there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13825 to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13826 layout. (non-recursive)
13827 """
13828 return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
13829
13830 def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
13831 """
13832 CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13833
13834 Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13835 given *item*. Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13836 If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13837 intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13838 position of.
13839
13840 """
13841 return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
13842
13843 def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
13844 """
13845 CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13846
13847 Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13848 given position and span. Returns True if so, False if there would be
13849 no overlap. If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13850 for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13851 position of.
13852 """
13853 return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13854
13855 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13856
13857 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13858
13859 Left = _core_.Left
13860 Top = _core_.Top
13861 Right = _core_.Right
13862 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13863 Width = _core_.Width
13864 Height = _core_.Height
13865 Centre = _core_.Centre
13866 Center = _core_.Center
13867 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13868 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13869 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13870 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13871 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13872 Above = _core_.Above
13873 Below = _core_.Below
13874 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13875 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13876 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13877 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13878 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13879 """
13880 Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13881 one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13882 You will never need to create an instance of
13883 wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13884 `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13885 that it contains.
13886 """
13887 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13888 def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13889 __repr__ = _swig_repr
13890 def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13891 """
13892 Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13893
13894 Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13895 convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13896 """
13897 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13898
13899 def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13900 """
13901 LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13902
13903 Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13904 optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13905 other window.
13906 """
13907 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13908
13909 def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13910 """
13911 RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13912
13913 Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13914 optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13915 other window.
13916 """
13917 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13918
13919 def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13920 """
13921 Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13922
13923 Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13924 margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13925 window.
13926 """
13927 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13928
13929 def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13930 """
13931 Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13932
13933 Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13934 margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13935 window.
13936 """
13937 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13938
13939 def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13940 """
13941 SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13942
13943 Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13944 given window, with an optional margin.
13945 """
13946 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13947
13948 def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13949 """
13950 PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13951
13952 Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13953 window, with an optional margin.
13954 """
13955 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13956
13957 def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13958 """
13959 Absolute(self, int val)
13960
13961 Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13962 """
13963 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13964
13965 def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13966 """
13967 Unconstrained(self)
13968
13969 Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13970 other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13971 """
13972 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13973
13974 def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13975 """
13976 AsIs(self)
13977
13978 Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13979 the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13980 the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13981 when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13982 size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13983 button label.
13984 """
13985 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13986
13987 def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13988 """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13989 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13990
13991 def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13992 """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13993 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13994
13995 def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13996 """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13997 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13998
13999 def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
14000 """SetValue(self, int v)"""
14001 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
14002
14003 def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
14004 """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
14005 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
14006
14007 def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
14008 """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
14009 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
14010
14011 def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
14012 """GetValue(self) -> int"""
14013 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
14014
14015 def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
14016 """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
14017 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
14018
14019 def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14020 """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
14021 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14022
14023 def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14024 """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
14025 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14026
14027 def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
14028 """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
14029 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
14030
14031 def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14032 """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
14033 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14034
14035 def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
14036 """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
14037 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
14038
14039 def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
14040 """
14041 ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
14042
14043 Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
14044 """
14045 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
14046
14047 def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
14048 """
14049 SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
14050
14051 Try to satisfy constraint
14052 """
14053 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
14054
14055 def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
14056 """
14057 GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
14058
14059 Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
14060 is not determinable, -1.
14061 """
14062 return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
14063
14064 Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
14065 Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
14066 MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
14067 OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
14068 OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
14069 Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
14070 Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
14071 Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
14072 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
14073
14074 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
14075 """
14076 **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
14077 instead.
14078
14079 Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
14080 layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
14081
14082 The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
14083 wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
14084 directly to set the appropriate constraints.
14085
14086 * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
14087 * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
14088 * top: represents the top edge of the window
14089 * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
14090 * width: represents the width of the window
14091 * height: represents the height of the window
14092 * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
14093 * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
14094
14095 Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
14096 wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
14097 looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
14098 which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
14099 constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
14100 compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
14101 the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
14102
14103 :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
14104
14105 """
14106 thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
14107 __repr__ = _swig_repr
14108 left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
14109 top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
14110 right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
14111 bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
14112 width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
14113 height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
14114 centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
14115 centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
14116 def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
14117 """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
14118 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
14119 __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
14120 __del__ = lambda self : None;
14121 def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
14122 """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
14123 return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
14124
14125 def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
14126 """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
14127 return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
14128
14129 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
14130
14131 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14132
14133 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
14134 try:
14135 True
14136 except NameError:
14137 __builtins__.True = 1==1
14138 __builtins__.False = 1==0
14139 def bool(value): return not not value
14140 __builtins__.bool = bool
14141
14142
14143
14144 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
14145 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95'] = 'wxGauge'
14146 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95'] = 'wxSlider'
14147 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95'] = 'wxStatusBar'
14148
14149
14150 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14151 # Load version numbers from __version__... Ensure that major and minor
14152 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
14153
14154 from __version__ import *
14155 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
14156
14157 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14158 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
14159 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
14160 import warnings
14161 warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
14162
14163
14164 def version():
14165 """Returns a string containing version and port info"""
14166 ctype = wx.USE_UNICODE and 'unicode' or 'ansi'
14167 if wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__':
14168 port = 'msw'
14169 elif wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__':
14170 port = 'mac'
14171 elif wx.Platform == '__WXGTK__':
14172 port = 'gtk'
14173 if 'gtk2' in wx.PlatformInfo:
14174 port = 'gtk2'
14175 else:
14176 port = '?'
14177
14178 return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx.VERSION_STRING, port, ctype)
14179
14180
14181 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14182
14183 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
14184 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed. (We
14185 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
14186 # encoding we need to use as well.)
14187 #
14188 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
14189 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets. Please be
14190 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
14191 # slightly different on different platforms. For example, please see
14192 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
14193 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
14194
14195 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14196 if default == 'ascii':
14197 import locale
14198 import codecs
14199 try:
14200 if hasattr(locale, 'getpreferredencoding'):
14201 default = locale.getpreferredencoding()
14202 else:
14203 default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
14204 codecs.lookup(default)
14205 except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
14206 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
14207 del locale
14208 del codecs
14209 if default:
14210 wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
14211 del default
14212
14213 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14214
14215 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
14216 pass
14217
14218 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
14219 """
14220 Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
14221 changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted. This should help
14222 prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
14223 """
14224 reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
14225 attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
14226
14227 def __repr__(self):
14228 if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14229 self._name = "[unknown]"
14230 return self.reprStr % self._name
14231
14232 def __getattr__(self, *args):
14233 if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14234 self._name = "[unknown]"
14235 raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
14236
14237 def __nonzero__(self):
14238 return 0
14239
14240
14241
14242 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
14243 pass
14244
14245 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
14246 """
14247 Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
14248 imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
14249 object is created and initialized. These object instances will
14250 temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
14251 exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
14252 is ready.
14253 """
14254
14255 reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
14256 attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
14257
14258 def __repr__(self):
14259 #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14260 # self._name = "[unknown]"
14261 return self.reprStr #% self._name
14262
14263 def __getattr__(self, *args):
14264 #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
14265 # self._name = "[unknown]"
14266 raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
14267
14268 def __nonzero__(self):
14269 return 0
14270
14271
14272 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14273
14274 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
14275 """
14276 Call the specified function after the current and pending event
14277 handlers have been completed. This is also good for making GUI
14278 method calls from non-GUI threads. Any extra positional or
14279 keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
14280
14281 :see: `wx.CallLater`
14282 """
14283 app = wx.GetApp()
14284 assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
14285
14286 if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
14287 app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
14288 app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
14289 lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
14290 evt = wx.PyEvent()
14291 evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
14292 evt.callable = callable
14293 evt.args = args
14294 evt.kw = kw
14295 wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
14296
14297 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14298
14299
14300 class CallLater:
14301 """
14302 A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
14303 object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
14304 positional or keyword args. The return value of the callable is
14305 availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
14306
14307 If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
14308 then there is no need to hold a reference to this object. It will
14309 hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
14310 has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
14311 the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater
14312 object.
14313
14314 :see: `wx.CallAfter`
14315 """
14316 def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
14317 self.millis = millis
14318 self.callable = callable
14319 self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14320 self.runCount = 0
14321 self.running = False
14322 self.hasRun = False
14323 self.result = None
14324 self.timer = None
14325 self.Start()
14326
14327 def __del__(self):
14328 self.Stop()
14329
14330
14331 def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
14332 """
14333 (Re)start the timer
14334 """
14335 self.hasRun = False
14336 if millis is not None:
14337 self.millis = millis
14338 if args or kwargs:
14339 self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
14340 self.Stop()
14341 self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
14342 self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
14343 self.running = True
14344 Restart = Start
14345
14346
14347 def Stop(self):
14348 """
14349 Stop and destroy the timer.
14350 """
14351 if self.timer is not None:
14352 self.timer.Stop()
14353 self.timer = None
14354
14355
14356 def GetInterval(self):
14357 if self.timer is not None:
14358 return self.timer.GetInterval()
14359 else:
14360 return 0
14361
14362
14363 def IsRunning(self):
14364 return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
14365
14366
14367 def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
14368 """
14369 (Re)set the args passed to the callable object. This is
14370 useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
14371 new call to the same callable object but with different
14372 parameters.
14373 """
14374 self.args = args
14375 self.kwargs = kwargs
14376
14377
14378 def HasRun(self):
14379 return self.hasRun
14380
14381 def GetResult(self):
14382 return self.result
14383
14384 def Notify(self):
14385 """
14386 The timer has expired so call the callable.
14387 """
14388 if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
14389 self.runCount += 1
14390 self.running = False
14391 self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
14392 self.hasRun = True
14393 if not self.running:
14394 # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
14395 wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
14396
14397 Interval = property(GetInterval)
14398 Result = property(GetResult)
14399
14400
14401 class FutureCall(CallLater):
14402 """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`."""
14403
14404 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14405 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
14406 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
14407 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
14408 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
14409 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
14410 # where they should be used.
14411
14412 class __DocFilter:
14413 """
14414 A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
14415 functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
14416 """
14417 def __init__(self, globals):
14418 self._globals = globals
14419
14420 def __call__(self, name):
14421 import types
14422 obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
14423
14424 # only document classes and function
14425 if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
14426 return False
14427
14428 # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
14429 if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister') or name.endswith('Ptr') :
14430 return False
14431
14432 # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
14433 if name.find('_') != -1:
14434 cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
14435 methname = name.split('_')[1]
14436 if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
14437 return False
14438
14439 return True
14440
14441 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14442 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14443
14444 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
14445 # "core" wx namespace
14446 from _gdi import *
14447 from _windows import *
14448 from _controls import *
14449 from _misc import *
14450
14451 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14452 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
14453
14454
14455